From Bill Ryan -- the Ultimate Hypothesis

[Operator]

You can get your zombie apocalypse kits here for only $31,000 Federal Reserve Notes. On sale now, for a limited time, if you hurry, for $24.000.

http://atlanta.cbslocal.com/2012/07/26/company-selling-zombie-preparedness-kit/

Ohh man ... we started with an Ultimate Hypothesis ... don't go practical :confused::p

[Chester]

I just hope this thread gets back on track... the last page ish got sorta weird

[sdv]

Here's a long and detailed article from The Washington Post about the Greenbrier underground facility for Congress. This phrase struck me: the very architecture of fear http://www.avhub.net/congressionalhideawaygreenbriar.htm

Here's an interesting academic paper with lots of photographs and facts, that looks back at the paranoia of the Cold War: In the United States, bunkers and designated fallout shelters were built almost everywhere, creating the impression that anywhere could be a target of nuclear attack at any time. These apocalyptic spaces were an architectural acknowledgment of the nation’s new vulnerability. As they became part of the everyday landscape, these strategic subterranean spaces remain as concrete reponses to the political, social and existential anxieties of the atomic age. ...
http://independent.academia.edu/ErinSchneider/Books/423566/Apocalyptic_Architecture_Cold_War_Bunkers_Reuse_and_the_Everyday_Landscape

A fascinating article about the culture of fear and how the general populace have been manipulated through this:
https://docs.google.com/viewer?a=v&q=cache:lg7tTlG9h9UJ:thenuclearworld.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/Masco__Building_a_Bunker_Society.pdf+&hl=en&gl=za&pid=bl&srcid=ADGEESjm3Yx2judhSrdLJqSBow9gQk1dHFUq29CnTG5by71P18Go20GjDlW-xNRURa3DDI7nacR7ipkFsZGX4hJix6VN_pH7pEifz-5SFhqKVW6uub37-JXNI2CCzBpOcdUhQChlrPBC&sig=AHIEtbTy3OCp4tKZviksKbWOk-WsCfZf6A

[Mandala]

I was thinking about the Ultimate Hypothesis, and started to think, maybe it doesn't matter if they go to the moon or to their underground bases. If there is such a thing as the shift into 5D, maybe all the negative and horrible things happen on a different timeline. They are expecting it, they are the negative ones. Maybe they get exactly what they expect to happen. Perhaps we don't. Is this a giant leap of faith?

[Hawkwind]

Mix that psychology with high technology and you've got a quite messy recipe for just about any direction you could imagine.

I'll agree with the any direction you could imagine part. If suppressed knowledge and technologies were to suddenly be released the results could indeed get messy. The possible resulting mess would, however, likely be short-lived and is in any case infinitely better than the result should the existing cabal continue to be the sole beneficiaries of said knowledge and tech. From my perspective, pretty much anything is preferable to the vision of the future which the cabal seems to be aiming at... "a boot stamping on a human face—forever."

[Flash]

Overall, if all the hidden technologies were released, it would be temporarily messy may be, but not much more than what is awaiting us if it is not released. And what is awaiting us if not release risk to be much more permanent damages.

[CD7]

If major changes are occurring on massive levels in and around our solar system......Whats the hub bub about going to the moon or another planet???....Would they not experience what the galaxy's regurgitating as all planets, moons, SUN is reacting?

[sdv]

I was thinking about the Ultimate Hypothesis, and started to think, maybe it doesn't matter if they go to the moon or to their underground bases. If there is such a thing as the shift into 5D, maybe all the negative and horrible things happen on a different timeline. They are expecting it, they are the negative ones. Maybe they get exactly what they expect to happen. Perhaps we don't. Is this a giant leap of faith?

Personally, I like your giant leap of faith!

[Ron Mauer Sr]

If major changes are occurring on massive levels in and around our solar system......Whats the hub bub about going to the moon or another planet???....Would they not experience what the galaxy's regurgitating as all planets, moons, SUN is reacting?

Very good question Christinedream. Maybe those who plan to leave, the PTW, who have treated humanity as farm animals or worse, who have been involved with destroying life on Earth get a dose of instant karma. Once they have been locked in a bunker or transported to the moon, maybe their usefulness to their controllers is over except as a food source. They should know that their controllers cannot be trusted because of all the lies and disinformation they have perpetuated here.

Once the PTW are gone, and after humanity gets over the big bump in the road ahead, I feel that planet Earth will become a much nicer place to be.

Maybe some of the PTW still have an opportunity to overcome their fear and support the energies of love and light that will create our future.

[gripreaper]

They're planning something.

This has to be viewed like a mobius strip, 7 threads of energy moving within a closed loop with all 7 possible scenario's playing out at once.

1. the elite are planning on leaving the planet, as Bill has indicated in his Ultimate Hypothesis thread.

2. the elite are setting up a complete underground network to survive any major cataclysm which could potentially befall earth.

3. the elite are planning an engineered shift in the human genome with their newly developed human species, after a major eugenics program underway bio-genetically destroying the existing genome.

4. the elite are planning the collapse of the current world system of finance and corporatocracy to usher in a full One World control grid.

5. the elite are doing everything they can to stop the awakening of the masses and the use of our psychic abilities through mind control as highlighted in the Horus Ra thread.

6. the elite are planning the ultimate human sacrifice to their gods to get the final prophesy from Moloch.

7. you fill in this one.

So, while we focus on one scenario, the elite have at least seven scenario's running at once, covering all contingencies.

***





From Bill -- I copied this excellent, and possibly inspired, summary over from another thread. It definitely also belongs here.

[Chester]

Hi Gripreaper - excellent post (summary)...

Your ability to have all these possibilities within your mind such that you can list them is extraordinary to me. I must still have a great deal of fragmenting because I can only follow one of these lines at a time.

But because of your posts... I am starting to defrag more and more.

I had to post a public thank you. justone

Here is the thread you mentioned -

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?47938-ZIGs-C2CAM-Zeta-Reticuli-Exchange-Program-Main-Show-Only--With-our-own-Bill-Ryan-

[Operator]

If major changes are occurring on massive levels in and around our solar system......Whats the hub bub about going to the moon or another planet???....Would they not experience what the galaxy's regurgitating as all planets, moons, SUN is reacting?

Hi Christine,

See my post #139 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515338#post515338) in this thread.

Why you should consider this as a serious issue visit this thread: GLOBAL COASTAL EVENT - Courtney Brown Farsight Project - 2013 Timeline Prediction (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46708-GLOBAL-COASTAL-EVENT-Courtney-Brown-Farsight-Project-2013-Timeline-Prediction)

[Chester]

I have found that my experience depends upon that which I agree with coupled with how much I fear.

If I agree to believe in a myth, then I have little to no control over my experience. If I agree to accept what is true, as I move through my experience, doing so with little to no fear, very good things happen to me.

What do I mean by very good things happen to me? I mean this – Have you ever had a time span (let’s say a single day) where you went with the flow of things all day long and did so with little to no fear? I have and do. What I discovered about days like that is that “coincidences” occur such that my experiences and results of actions from myself and/or others turn out to be far better than a.) I could have consciously attempted to create and b.) I could have imagined in the first place.

Now with the above in mind... my theory that by applying this knowledge that if I allow my experience to flow (with little to no “projection” of results) and certainly with little to no fear then my experience is positive, rewarding and frankly awesome.... I conclude the following:

That if each of us apply more and more the above stated approach to each of our days and that the more and more the group of humanity does the same, then we proportionally reduce the chances of a less than desirable collective experience.

It is my opinion that this approach is the single most important factor in how we create and thus determines our collective future.

Note – No Projection!

It is all about approach.

Do not take what I said to suggest not to plan. Of course make plans. But be open to what life hands back to us as we implement our plans... that we can and should allow ourselves to be flexible... to allow alteration of our plans.

Look at Bill’s trip to France. It was a plan. It looked like it would happen. Now it does not. But that is life. Perhaps there may be a new development that reinstates that plan. Perhaps Bill (and the others who were to be involved either as participants or attendees) finds that something else occurs which in hindsight might suggest as being better to have happened.

What I stated above is no secret. I am sure others have found how to live more this way and done so for years. I would bet anyone who reads the above and has truly applied the above would agree it works.

I write about it as I have recently (more than ever) discovered this to be true for myself and that it seems logical to me that our future collective experience hinges upon how much each of us apply this approach to our individual days. Only my opinion, but I bet on it.

I wrote this such that if even one person that may be experimenting with this approach reads this and gets a boost from knowing others are doing so successfully, that it may invigorate the reader and maybe this helps us reach the 100th monkey... (maybe we already have)!

justoneman

[Andrew]

Copying over from this thread GLOBAL COASTAL EVENT - Courtney Brown Farsight Project - 2013 Timeline Prediction (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46708-GLOBAL-COASTAL-EVENT-Courtney-Brown-Farsight-Project-2013-Timeline-Prediction) because it fits here, the interview I refer below is from the link.

From the first interview in the Op the part about the Orion Wars and blowing up the planet (now our asteroid belt) and destroying Mars shielding, makes me wonder if this is what also wiped out Atlantis and is the holes in our ozone layer really from this war when the planet was destroyed? He also suggests that we on this planet are the souls from the bad guys in the war and here in a prison, I disagree with that part and its more like the same people who came here and wiped out the life on these three planets have CAPTURED this one remaining (healthy planet) and basically fast tracking this planet upto a more sophisticated BASE... they have used us to get this planet back to functioning order for an advanced people, now there at the point where they dont need us anymore. Has this War really ended?? Is there a rescue operation or are they to busy elsewhere or maybe this part is to well guarded to get in... It throws a spanner in the works in regard to the fact good ET wont come here because of none interference, maybe they just cant get here yet (safely atleast). It would explain the more obvious that the controllers dont give a **** about it, and only furthering there agenda like there in a War which is much more important then us slaves would like to think. Basically hoodwinking us to work for the bad guys.

Has this planet not steadily been warming for thousands of years? when there were no holes the icecaps much thicker?

Have the new owners of this planet got what they need and furthered there control of the solar system and are now moving on?

Why fix the holes? leave them lets go...

[SKAWF]

something that has been bugging me for a while is..........

why is it only now that tptb are pushing for total control?

my understanding is, that those in control have been there for thousands of years...
and that they take the trinity (horus, isis, osiris) (tamus, semiramis, nimrod) etc
and change the names every age....
like this is the age of pisces, so jesus was a fisherman sort of thing.....

if they have been in control for that long....
and have had the access to change major religions in that way.......

why is it only now that its all coming to a head?

my only theory is that they have a mass cull at the end of every age,
and pretty much start the whole thing again afterwards.

[cloudno7]

http://vimeo.com/29067223

When we heal the earth, we heal ourselves

-Orr

[cloudno7]

I don't know how to explain. This is one of the reasons (hypothesis) the "UFOs" doesn't make sound unlike the fighter planes.

The Shock waves that are responsible for the "sonic boom" can be cancelled out by Magneto hydrodynamic plasmas.

Being in aerospace for 5 years i never heard of such things. When i started going deeper i found this :)

Main stream journal.

[CD7]

something that has been bugging me for a while is..........

why is it only now that tptb are pushing for total control?

my understanding is, that those in control have been there for thousands of years...
and that they take the trinity (horus, isis, osiris) (tamus, semiramis, nimrod) etc
and change the names every age....
like this is the age of pisces, so jesus was a fisherman sort of thing.....

if they have been in control for that long....
and have had the access to change major religions in that way.......






why is it only now that its all coming to a head?

my only theory is that they have a mass cull at the end of every age,
and pretty much start the whole thing again afterwards.



Great question!!!!!!!!!!!

Many times i see 'fear tactics' coming soon when whats being discussed is already OCCURRING....

For instance "mind control" is coming soon HELLOOooooo hummmm seems theres been PLENTY of tht goin around for eonssssssssszah

IF THERE WERE ANYTHING NEW TO OCCUR...it would most certainly be TRUE LIBERTY for EVERYONE ON THIS GLOBE.

[Mutchie]

some folks are expecting so much already from the end of 2012 that its hard knowing what to believe although bill if anyone would be in a position to try and make some sense of it all he has met and listened to many whistleblowers .... I hope nothing bad happens maybe im naive id like everything to get better ...if the elites are leaving what are they running away from ??? thats what i want to know ???

[Ron Mauer Sr]

some folks are expecting so much already from the end of 2012 that its hard knowing what to believe although bill if anyone would be in a position to try and make some sense of it all he has met and listened to many whistleblowers .... I hope nothing bad happens maybe im naive id like everything to get better ...if the elites are leaving what are they running away from ??? thats what i want to know ???

A major solar event would effect our moon and Mars as well as Earth so an evacuation may not be useful. The stimulus for mass evacuation might be severe earth changes.

Another interesting question is what use are the elite to their controllers who feed on the energy of fear after an evacuation? The elite should know first hand that their controllers cannot be trusted.

[Operator]

A major solar event would effect our moon and Mars as well as Earth so an evacuation may not be useful. The stimulus for mass evacuation might be severe earth changes.


The stimulus could be solar system wide ... the big difference could be that earth has sloshing oceans compared to its nearest neighbors.



why is it only now that its all coming to a head?


The cosmological 'event' threatens the position of those in power. They cleverly used us to assist them overcome the event and
continue their position of power. At least, so they think (probably).

[papperkash]

People like me are probably the problem. I'm so sick of being a slave to the system, worrying about money day after day, living from hand to mouth... That even the most extreme end scenarios would be welcome by me. I don't fear death, I just don't have much to look forward to. I want something to happen! If nothing happens by jan 1st 2013.... What a let down that will be.

[Operator]

People like me are probably the problem. I'm so sick of being a slave to the system, worrying about money day after day, living from hand to mouth... That even the most extreme end scenarios would be welcome by me. I don't fear death, I just don't have much to look forward to. I want something to happen! If nothing happens by jan 1st 2013.... What a let down that will be.

I hear you ...

Somehow we got the same interest as TPTB ... use an (artificially created ?) momentum to alter the course.
Difference is that we have another course in mind of course.

So, that's where the excitement is ... we know we need the momentum. We have to play the finals, but who
is going to score in the last minute.

P.S. Never consider yourself to be the problem ... be the change you want to see.

[SKAWF]

People like me are probably the problem. I'm so sick of being a slave to the system, worrying about money day after day, living from hand to mouth... That even the most extreme end scenarios would be welcome by me. I don't fear death, I just don't have much to look forward to. I want something to happen! If nothing happens by jan 1st 2013.... What a let down that will be.

you have to make it happen

besides... i consider those who are asleep to be 'the problem'
not those who are aware.

i reckon a lot of the members here have been,
or are going through the same feelings you are.
i include myself in that.

you've woken up.....
now you have to get out of bed.

best wishes

[Abhaya]

Interesting, just saw that NBC is airing a new tv show about life in the USA after a massive emp blast disables all electronics for good.

http://blog.heritage.org/2012/05/17/nbcs-revolution-shows-life-after-an-electromagnetic-pulse-attack/

[TargeT]

Interesting, just saw that NBC is airing a new tv show about life in the USA after a massive emp blast disables all electronics for good.

http://blog.heritage.org/2012/05/17/nbcs-revolution-shows-life-after-an-electromagnetic-pulse-attack/

read this
http://www.onesecondafter.com/pb/images/img3468496920e3011f2.JPG
http://www.onesecondafter.com/

You will get a very good idea of what will possibly / probably happen in modern society during a large EMP event as well as many good ideas /tactics for how to deal with it.

[sdv]

This has to be viewed like a mobius strip, 7 threads of energy moving within a closed loop with all 7 possible scenario's playing out at once.

1. the elite are planning on leaving the planet, as Bill has indicated in his Ultimate Hypothesis thread.

2. the elite are setting up a complete underground network to survive any major cataclysm which could potentially befall earth.

3. the elite are planning an engineered shift in the human genome with their newly developed human species, after a major eugenics program underway bio-genetically destroying the existing genome.

4. the elite are planning the collapse of the current world system of finance and corporatocracy to usher in a full One World control grid.

5. the elite are doing everything they can to stop the awakening of the masses and the use of our psychic abilities through mind control as highlighted in the Horus Ra thread.

6. the elite are planning the ultimate human sacrifice to their gods to get the final prophesy from Moloch.

7. you fill in this one.

So, while we focus on one scenario, the elite have at least seven scenario's running at once, covering all contingencies.

This from Gripreaper makes sense to me. Every strand is relevant.

Earth is a dynamic planet and although major natural disasters on a large scale are unusual, they do happen. Memories of this are passed on to every generation, consciously and unconsciously. So, sooner or later humanity is going to be faced with something major and worldwide that will drastically and dramatically change life on this planet - if not in our generation, then perhaps the next or the next, and it is the wisdom and learning that we pass on that will determine how and if life on Earth survives and how. So, even if nothing does happen before June 2013, what we know about and how we respond to what could happen is relevant.

[xbusymom]

http://www.onesecondafter.com/

You will get a very good idea of what will possibly / probably happen in modern society during a large EMP event as well as many good ideas /tactics for how to deal with it.

I think this is fear mongering... but if you feel you must do something... start printing out all your survival PDF's... at least you will be one step ahead of everyone who is asleep...

[CdnSirian]

If you prefer novels that give information check out "Dies The Fires", "The Protectorate's War" and "Meeting At Corvallis" by S.M. Stirling. In your local library. Not new, and ahead of its time.

[Carmody]

Mix that psychology with high technology and you've got a quite messy recipe for just about any direction you could imagine.

I'll agree with the any direction you could imagine part. If suppressed knowledge and technologies were to suddenly be released the results could indeed get messy. The possible resulting mess would, however, likely be short-lived and is in any case infinitely better than the result should the existing cabal continue to be the sole beneficiaries of said knowledge and tech. From my perspective, pretty much anything is preferable to the vision of the future which the cabal seems to be aiming at... "a boot stamping on a human face—forever."


Overall, if all the hidden technologies were released, it would be temporarily messy may be, but not much more than what is awaiting us if it is not released. And what is awaiting us if not release risk to be much more permanent damages.

It is nearing that scenario. I'm thinking that we are reaching the gauntlet point, where it's a do or don't situation.

On the more incarnate/duality/spiritual side of the equation, it seems to be nearing the requisite point. The one were every one in this game/globe will have their position greased, their hands off the controls, and outside of any capacity to touch the ground. When all is finally as free to shift as is possible, then it will begin.

Like a poker game where it comes down to the call, or a chess game where the more cursory moves have been made, it is nearly time.

People, groups, etc..keep their final positions and moves in their pocket until they are forced to play a move that is impossible to take back or use again.

On all fronts, we seem to be nearing that condition. A condition where the last few hands that grasp at the ground for security..are pulled free.

Of course this is just a theory that I try on now and again, to see if it fits. :)

[Flash]

Mix that psychology with high technology and you've got a quite messy recipe for just about any direction you could imagine.

I'll agree with the any direction you could imagine part. If suppressed knowledge and technologies were to suddenly be released the results could indeed get messy. The possible resulting mess would, however, likely be short-lived and is in any case infinitely better than the result should the existing cabal continue to be the sole beneficiaries of said knowledge and tech. From my perspective, pretty much anything is preferable to the vision of the future which the cabal seems to be aiming at... "a boot stamping on a human face—forever."


Overall, if all the hidden technologies were released, it would be temporarily messy may be, but not much more than what is awaiting us if it is not released. And what is awaiting us if not release risk to be much more permanent damages.

It is nearing that scenario. I'm thinking that we are reaching the gauntlet point, where it's a do or don't situation.

On the more incarnate/duality/spiritual side of the equation, it seems to be nearing the requisite point. The one were every one in this game/globe will have their position greased, their hands off the controls, and outside of any capacity to touch the ground. When all is finally as free to shift as is possible, then it will begin.

Like a poker game where it comes down to the call, or a chess game where the more cursory moves have been made, it is nearly time.

People, groups, etc..keep their final positions and moves in their pocket until they are forced to play a move that is impossible to take back or use again.

On all fronts, we seem to be nearing that condition. A condition where the last few hands that grasp at the ground for security..are pulled free.

Of course this is just a theory that I try on now and again, to see if it fits. :)

The recipe is not that messy if IF IF IF you include compassion and love, which is the cement to a new reality. It is a choice we will have to collectively make, including the psychopaths PTB, if they can. I just found a video on the brain neurology (sponsor by google - there your technology mixed with human psychology) that is quite revealing about the science of it.

If you permit, I will post part of a post I posted (lol) in another thread with the video here, to emphasize my point in that discussion:


My point is, that by naming what is lived (verbal or visual thoughts and emotions), or by realising what is lived, we become more conscious and less of an automaton. First step to becoming the observer and the experimenter at once (at the same time).

The next step could be, if we desire, the creator step. Changing the experience of the experiencer and the observation of the observer. Creating our own reality, then creating our own collective reality for what we would deem better. You can, at this place, start the baby step by changing your mind talk or picture right when it emerges. The experience will change automatically and the overall energy going with it.

I found a video that seems quite interesting on these aspect, if you have the time to put for it. Some points of interest:

1. It is from Google talks, and I just learn that google is actively involved in studying the neurological system of human on their premises and is sharing their findings (at least some ) with the public. I am pretty sure of how they will use the web with those findings. Bit scary.

2. At minute 14.56 the video describes the different steps that emotions go through in a normal being:

Minute 22.18 describes waht emotional intelligence is in comparison with not having emotions/not living them (blocking). It mentions that greater emotional intelligence correlates, in the brain itself, with lesser need for control (the control parts of the brain do not light up as much).

So yes, your desire to live the emotions and let go are in direct correlation in the brain.

What I find interesting is that all those steps above do correspond as well with what spiritual masters have been describing for ages, for beginners on the path.

At minute 32.54 they talk about compassion and capacity to care, love and compassion are a necessity, not a luxury because without them humanity cannot survive.

Would the tide be turning around and away from the psychopaths?????


Miinute 41.16: meditation protect the gray matter from decaying with aging, scientifically proven WOW


Google sponsor talk and research at Standford University:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tShDY...eature=related

[Bing Lalo]

In my opinion the "dark team" need us to eat, and what they eat is our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we do not produce that, they will not have nothing to eat, so they will not be more interesting in us. If we produce LOVE and HUMOR they will be hungry. In reality they do not have any power, we, the humans are the ones that give power to them througt our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we want to be free, we just need to use our power with Love and Humor. If we do nobody, from no were, can do nothing about this. The dark team just has power in an ignorant world, light = information, dark = ignorance. With the LOVE and the HUMOR dark and light becomes ONE, that means the ignorance learn. This is the way the yin and the yang become the TAO. When you want to defeat the darkness in a room, you do not need to fight with them, you just need to turn on the light, and the darkness will disappear. Is that simple, meditate in this and you will find the exit...
Be good and be happy.

[Sidney]

In my opinion the "dark team" need us to eat, and what they eat is our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we do not produce that, they will not have nothing to eat, so they will not be more interesting in us. If we produce LOVE and HUMOR they will be hungry. In reality they do not have any power, we, the humans are the ones that give power to them througt our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we want to be free, we just need to use our power with Love and Humor. If we do nobody, from no were, can do nothing about this. The dark team just has power in an ignorant world, light = information, dark = ignorance. With the LOVE and the HUMOR dark and light becomes ONE, that means the ignorance learn. This is the way the yin and the yang become the TAO. When you want to defeat the darkness in a room, you do not need to fight with them, you just need to turn on the light, and the darkness will disappear. Is that simple, meditate in this and you will find the exit...
Be good and be happy.

I do believe this is a KEY factor in surviving these times. Wonderful post, and welcome to the forum!!
:cantina:

[bluestflame]

In my opinion the "dark team" need us to eat, and what they eat is our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we do not produce that, they will not have nothing to eat, so they will not be more interesting in us. If we produce LOVE and HUMOR they will be hungry. In reality they do not have any power, we, the humans are the ones that give power to them througt our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we want to be free, we just need to use our power with Love and Humor. If we do nobody, from no were, can do nothing about this. The dark team just has power in an ignorant world, light = information, dark = ignorance. With the LOVE and the HUMOR dark and light becomes ONE, that means the ignorance learn. This is the way the yin and the yang become the TAO. When you want to defeat the darkness in a room, you do not need to fight with them, you just need to turn on the light, and the darkness will disappear. Is that simple, meditate in this and you will find the exit...
Be good and be happy.

that analogy shown visualy in the movie the matrix was , i believe an exercise in imagination utilised to convey exactly that , that we are to a large extent utilised in a way like a battery

emotions

[AuCo]

In my opinion the "dark team" need us to eat, and what they eat is our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we do not produce that, they will not have nothing to eat, so they will not be more interesting in us. If we produce LOVE and HUMOR they will be hungry. In reality they do not have any power, we, the humans are the ones that give power to them througt our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we want to be free, we just need to use our power with Love and Humor. If we do nobody, from no were, can do nothing about this. The dark team just has power in an ignorant world, light = information, dark = ignorance. With the LOVE and the HUMOR dark and light becomes ONE, that means the ignorance learn. This is the way the yin and the yang become the TAO. When you want to defeat the darkness in a room, you do not need to fight with them, you just need to turn on the light, and the darkness will disappear. Is that simple, meditate in this and you will find the exit...
Be good and be happy.

It might be that simple, yet some how I find it far from comfort. Here's a little dumb story:

There was an orphanage with many little children. When it was still Summer, the children looked out their windows to the outside world, to watch the clouds, hear the birds, and feel the sunshine. Some children even tried to find the exit to the outside world.

Winter eventually arrived. The clouds were gloomy, the birds left, the sunshine no longer came, and inside it was dark. Some children turned on the lights to read books; some turn on the TVs to watch programs; some looked around with their flash lights.

One night, there was a big fire. The adults ran outside, leaving the children. There night lights were dim and there was a lot of the smoke. The alarm was sounded but some ignored and kept on sleeping. Some ran around screaming in panic. Some quietly went hiding in the closets. Those that knew where the exits are went straight for them; some even took others with them. Those that owned the flash lights were the loudest, claimed to know where the exits are, took a bunch of children there, only to find they were locked.

The firemen came with their bright headlights but the children were scared because they had never seen such monsters. Some were rescued but too many kept on hiding. The fire was getting bigger. Most firemen exited the building. Some stayed searching and searching, and gave up their own lives.

I have the feeling there are real firemen that came to our little world, and possibly here on Avalon. And though the fire has yet to happen, I am still searching for that exit. :)

[syrwong]

In my opinion the "dark team" need us to eat, and what they eat is our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we do not produce that, they will not have nothing to eat, so they will not be more interesting in us. If we produce LOVE and HUMOR they will be hungry. In reality they do not have any power, we, the humans are the ones that give power to them througt our fear, hate, doubt, ... If we want to be free, we just need to use our power with Love and Humor. If we do nobody, from no were, can do nothing about this. The dark team just has power in an ignorant world, light = information, dark = ignorance. With the LOVE and the HUMOR dark and light becomes ONE, that means the ignorance learn. This is the way the yin and the yang become the TAO. When you want to defeat the darkness in a room, you do not need to fight with them, you just need to turn on the light, and the darkness will disappear. Is that simple, meditate in this and you will find the exit...
Be good and be happy.

We may have concentrated too much on personal awakening, by various means like meditation, knowledge, loving etc, but forgetting the most important element that has made us hate each other and be STS, and thus used by the insidious forces ( and may be eaten by them). It is the political economic environment called the capitalist system. Capitalism is essentially a mutation of the slavery system. Under it, man is in constant survival mode, he has to fight against each other in order to survive, while the elites, like the slave masters sit and enjoy. Strangely, most, even the spiritually awakened ones, don’t realize this is the root of the problem and still support it as if it were the pillar of “freedom and democracy”.

The capitalist structure can be compared to the Colliseum arena, we folks are like the gladiators, and TPTB are the spectators and the Roman emperor. They are enjoying the show until we all drop the weapons and hug each other, then it time for them to fear.

But first we must realize we are in such an arena, and that there are spectators entertaining on our death fights. In real terms, we must realize we are imprisoned in the capitalist system, and there are elites controlling us through the system. Refuting the capitalist system is the first step to freedom. However, too many are still embracing it, even when it is becoming so very obviously wicked today.

I advice everyone to reflect on this very system. Do we behave very differently if we have a more egalitarian system and we were born with all the existential rights?

[Ron Mauer Sr]

The capitalist structure can be compared to the Colliseum arena, we folks are like the gladiators, and TPTB are the spectators and the Roman emperor. They are enjoying the show until we all drop the weapons and hug each other, then it time for them to fear.

But first we must realize we are in such an arena, and that there are spectators entertaining on our death fights. In real terms, we must realize we are imprisoned in the capitalist system, and there are elites controlling us through the system. Refuting the capitalist system is the first step to freedom. However, too many are still embracing it, even when it is becoming so very obviously wicked today.


Capitalism, communism, all "ism's" all have their slaves and masters.

Which one is worse?

In capitalism man takes advantage of man. In communism it is just the opposite. (They switch places) author unknown

[donk]

Capitalism, communism, any -ism...been straight perverted, they are all just codes--highjacked ideals twisted to the purpose of empire:

ownership
individualism
competition (....duh, WINNING!!)

These are biggest problems, all having to do with selfishness.

Yes, a bit of "self" attention/intention is necessary for survival, but too much is why we are where are.

It's been send a ba-zillion times, but never hurts to hear it again, and no idea is more important to spread: WE ARE ALL IN THIS TOGETHER.

Just gotta find that damn 100th monkey, and let that silly b@stard in on it...

[noxon medem]

The capitalist structure can be compared to the Colliseum arena, we folks are like the gladiators, and TPTB are the spectators and the Roman emperor. They are enjoying the show until we all drop the weapons and hug each other, then it time for them to fear.

But first we must realize we are in such an arena, and that there are spectators entertaining on our death fights. In real terms, we must realize we are imprisoned in the capitalist system, and there are elites controlling us through the system. Refuting the capitalist system is the first step to freedom. However, too many are still embracing it, even when it is becoming so very obviously wicked today.


Capitalism, communism, all "ism's" all have their slaves and masters.

Which one is worse?

In capitalism man takes advantage of man. In communism it is just the opposite. (They switch places) author unknown


In norwegian (norsk) it is called
"en knipetang manøver"
- a Pincer movement , in war,
creating a false conflict and basicly
trapping most of humanity inbetween
"the fronts" of the cold war , now
upgraded to the "war on terror"
( an irony just there ..).



Absolute nonsense, by divine standards

another quote :


The answer is Now
- and How
( Our Nwo , Wow )

Or ,
Be Well ..

&
here a link to some previous funny stuff :
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?6739-Uuuhh.-I-m-such-an-idiot.&p=61396#post61396


- Be Real .

..
-

[Rocky_Shorz]

this is awesome...

I'm going to open a thread we can blog on the shows as they roll by sharing ideas we like or something they are missing...


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JwfCRAtkYEI&hd=1

[Ron Mauer Sr]

Disabling batteries would be pure science fiction. However it might be difficult to get them recharged.


this is awesome...

I'm going to open a thread we can blog on the shows as they roll by sharing ideas we like or something they are missing...


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JwfCRAtkYEI&hd=1

[CdnSirian]

Mix that psychology with high technology and you've got a quite messy recipe for just about any direction you could imagine.

I'll agree with the any direction you could imagine part. If suppressed knowledge and technologies were to suddenly be released the results could indeed get messy. The possible resulting mess would, however, likely be short-lived and is in any case infinitely better than the result should the existing cabal continue to be the sole beneficiaries of said knowledge and tech. From my perspective, pretty much anything is preferable to the vision of the future which the cabal seems to be aiming at... "a boot stamping on a human face—forever."


Overall, if all the hidden technologies were released, it would be temporarily messy may be, but not much more than what is awaiting us if it is not released. And what is awaiting us if not release risk to be much more permanent damages.

It is nearing that scenario. I'm thinking that we are reaching the gauntlet point, where it's a do or don't situation.

On the more incarnate/duality/spiritual side of the equation, it seems to be nearing the requisite point. The one were every one in this game/globe will have their position greased, their hands off the controls, and outside of any capacity to touch the ground. When all is finally as free to shift as is possible, then it will begin.

Like a poker game where it comes down to the call, or a chess game where the more cursory moves have been made, it is nearly time.

People, groups, etc..keep their final positions and moves in their pocket until they are forced to play a move that is impossible to take back or use again.

On all fronts, we seem to be nearing that condition. A condition where the last few hands that grasp at the ground for security..are pulled free.

Of course this is just a theory that I try on now and again, to see if it fits. :)

The recipe is not that messy if IF IF IF you include compassion and love, which is the cement to a new reality. It is a choice we will have to collectively make, including the psychopaths PTB, if they can. I just found a video on the brain neurology (sponsor by google - there your technology mixed with human psychology) that is quite revealing about the science of it.

If you permit, I will post part of a post I posted (lol) in another thread with the video here, to emphasize my point in that discussion:


My point is, that by naming what is lived (verbal or visual thoughts and emotions), or by realising what is lived, we become more conscious and less of an automaton. First step to becoming the observer and the experimenter at once (at the same time).

The next step could be, if we desire, the creator step. Changing the experience of the experiencer and the observation of the observer. Creating our own reality, then creating our own collective reality for what we would deem better. You can, at this place, start the baby step by changing your mind talk or picture right when it emerges. The experience will change automatically and the overall energy going with it.

I found a video that seems quite interesting on these aspect, if you have the time to put for it. Some points of interest:

1. It is from Google talks, and I just learn that google is actively involved in studying the neurological system of human on their premises and is sharing their findings (at least some ) with the public. I am pretty sure of how they will use the web with those findings. Bit scary.

2. At minute 14.56 the video describes the different steps that emotions go through in a normal being:

Minute 22.18 describes waht emotional intelligence is in comparison with not having emotions/not living them (blocking). It mentions that greater emotional intelligence correlates, in the brain itself, with lesser need for control (the control parts of the brain do not light up as much).

So yes, your desire to live the emotions and let go are in direct correlation in the brain.

What I find interesting is that all those steps above do correspond as well with what spiritual masters have been describing for ages, for beginners on the path.

At minute 32.54 they talk about compassion and capacity to care, love and compassion are a necessity, not a luxury because without them humanity cannot survive.

Would the tide be turning around and away from the psychopaths?????


Miinute 41.16: meditation protect the gray matter from decaying with aging, scientifically proven WOW


Google sponsor talk and research at Standford University:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tShDY...eature=related


And there is much to support this, years ago in the works of Candace Pert, and more recently Bruce Lipton, just to name two.

The channeled gent Bashar (yeah I know!! :alien::tape:) talked about this since the 80's - and has always said we already know about this. But he does not say "you create your own reality". He says, everything is already created - we tune into whatever. Of course we add our own uniqueness expanding creation.

Like Dennis has created The Reset Button. Many like minds had the same idea, for a while. Yet he spent the time to spell it out at length, thereby fuelling the momentum and that momentum increases with the act of others reading it.

With that snowball rolling down the mountain, gaining speed and size, we have Wade's FE thread, spelling out volumes of detail for us.

And we have Bill saying "keep your eye on the ball (snowballs) but also stay aware of what's currently going on and have some plans in place".

And the rest of this community adding intelligent details, observations and the obvious distractions that get called out fairly quickly, or ignored.

"I have the feeling there are real firemen that came to our little world, and possibly here on Avalon. And though the fire has yet to happen, I am still searching for that exit. " Indeed!

The big deception is that the exits are locked. They are not. We are the exits. :neo:

[AuCo]

Hmm! "We are the exits". Interesting!

Hard to imagine without knowing we are also the entrances. :)

[polly1022]

I'm new here. I have not read the thread in it's entirety but one thing that struck me in the original posts was this.

"a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?"

that is something I had not considered and makes an immense amount of sense to me.

And, you have been talking about how they feed on negative energy. I've also heard that they feed on "pure" energy as in..children. ( ala David Icke ) I suppose it would be a "pure negative" energy due to the terror of the children. But I was thinking as well, what if they simply feed from all energy ? Like we feed on the "food groups" ? They feed on one thing more than the others but they still NEED all types ? I was thinking this because of the variences within religious groups particularly if they have a common origin ( which is most religion if you get right down to it ) Political groups as well. it's a very strong but subjective energy. Positive and negative according to the perception of the person or group. And there have been movements throughout history for "positive" change that were instigated by the controllers and humans of course become enamored and even euphoric over the positive changes or events. That a LOT of positive energy. Like being in the crowd while obama was giving his acceptance speech and the like. You can FEEL that. Being in a revival tent even if the preacher unbenounced to everyone is a controller..the energy the people create around him is positive and you can tell he's sucking it up. I think maybe they are more prone to eating strong emotion of any kind.

[Bill Ryan]

I'm new here. I have not read the thread in it's entirety but one thing that struck me in the original posts was this.

"a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?"

that is something I had not considered and makes an immense amount of sense to me.

And, you have been talking about how they feed on negative energy. I've also heard that they feed on "pure" energy as in..children. ( ala David Icke ) I suppose it would be a "pure negative" energy due to the terror of the children. But I was thinking as well, what if they simply feed from all energy ? Like we feed on the "food groups" ? They feed on one thing more than the others but they still NEED all types ? I was thinking this because of the variences within religious groups particularly if they have a common origin ( which is most religion if you get right down to it ) Political groups as well. it's a very strong but subjective energy. Positive and negative according to the perception of the person or group. And there have been movements throughout history for "positive" change that were instigated by the controllers and humans of course become enamored and even euphoric over the positive changes or events. That a LOT of positive energy. Like being in the crowd while obama was giving his acceptance speech and the like. You can FEEL that. Being in a revival tent even if the preacher unbenounced to everyone is a controller..the energy the people create around him is positive and you can tell he's sucking it up. I think maybe they are more prone to eating strong emotion of any kind.


Thank you for the contribution! (And a very warm welcome. :) )



this is awesome...

I'm going to open a thread we can blog on the shows as they roll by sharing ideas we like or something they are missing...


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JwfCRAtkYEI&hd=1

The thing that impressed me from the trailer was that after 15 years without electricity, the characters' clothes were clean and laundered, the men had no beards, and the women still wore impeccable makeup.

I guess things may not be be so bad after all! :)

[Operator]

The thing that impressed me from the trailer was that after 15 years without electricity, the characters' clothes were clean and laundered, the men had no beards, and the women still wore impeccable makeup.

I guess things may not be be so bad after all! :)

Haha, Bill you are a mountaineer too ... you know how this works !

When tracking I always wondered why we need so much stuff while a carefully packed rucksack can keep you in pure nature for weeks.
So, why do we need all this junk in our homes ?

But it will differ strongly from person to person. I remember well the time we were hiking with a group in Norway/Sweden. Some
of us dropped down at the end of the day tired needing a rest for at least half an hour before continuing with setting up camp etc.
There was this nature guy who was sitting in front of his tent, cleanly washed, changed in clean clothes eating his quick prepared
meal etc. in 15 .. 20 minutes ! You can only wish you will have a buddy like that when we have to live through "The Road" (I mean the movie) times.... :cool:

[4evrneo]

[QUOTE=LarryC;514346]This isn't hard to believe at all. It's really just one variation of what Bill Wood/Brockbader and others refer to as Timeline 1 -or whichever timeline it was where everything is destroyed and/or there's global tyranny. To be honest, I feel it's less important right now what TPTB are planning than what we are going to do.

LarryC, I am in agreement here, Although I am curious of the differnet hypothesis, I feel it is of little importance. I myself have strong feelings TPTB are preparing to abandon ship but because there is so many possibilities and no concrete answers, I feel compelled to learn about survival, buying seeds and keeping my family as safe as possible. In the mean time, raising my vibration and helping others through the transition from fear to love is most important to me.

[4evrneo]

We are the exits.............Well put !

I am new here, but this has been my feeling all along. Are we not "what we focus upon" ?

[Ron Mauer Sr]

We are the exits.............Well put !

I am new here, but this has been my feeling all along. Are we not "what we focus upon" ?

I cannot prove this is true but my instincts tell me it is true, "what we focus upon" gets bigger.

For me, growing includes taking a look at both the light side and dark side, within the limits of fear. An understanding of how things are put together is important to me. This experience appears to be a multidimensional chess game for control of our thoughts and emotions.

Everyone is different and has their own threshold of how much truth can be accepted in this moment. It takes time to put the pieces together and a willingness to be wrong at times.

IMHO it is best to have respect for all, spread some love around and not feed fear to the reptiles or archons. Everyone needs to find there own balance. Question everything and as much as possible, be respectfully irreverent. There are no sacred cows.

Welcome to Avalon 4evrneo.

[4evrneo]

[What I find interesting is that all those steps above do correspond as well with what spiritual masters have been describing for ages, for beginners on the path.]

Since I am a beginner on the path, I have much to learn and may not articulate as well but the one thing that I have learned since this began for me, is that whether scientific, nuerological systems, psycology, etc. the fact is that we are at a turning point in humanity. There is a grand shift in front of us and rapidly approching. Quite honestly, I am suprised sometimes that I have "woke up" because of my past and the environment I grew up in but with that said, I feel a sense of responsibility to help others with similar road blocks and negative environments to prepare for a turning point, where its a matter of choosing the right path, not for self, but for ALL.....its time for cleansing, releasing old paradigms and evolving to the truth of who we really are....... and by the way, thanks to all, I am learning much from all viewpoints and jump for joy at the growth I am experiencing............Ah, joy !

[service2others]

The whole worlds a stage and we are just players on it. What if the planet is simply here for souls to mature and make mistakes. A grand scenario that has been created for us to learn Love, Compassion, and Wisdom. Your emotional state changes your DNA. It may well be that your OWN timeline changes depending on what state you are in. A fear state, or a Love state. I don't care what planet I'm on. If i'm here to raise awareness or the consciousness of other entities wherever they may be, whatever scenario, I'll go there. I believe I've earned the right to my own sovereignty, and nothing will take that from me. My photon knows it, my DNA knows it, and my higher self knows it. Everything else is just BLAH BLAH BLAH. And I mean that with the highest respect to those who get too wrapped up in the play.
Peace.

www.soulsofdistortion.nl/Dan%20Winter.html

"To unify the fields for physics is in essence the pure electrical geometry of how ELECTROMAGNETISM becomes GRAVITY. (Compression of charge can directly become ACCELERATION of charge - called Gravity).Not having answered such questions means usually arrogant physicists have to sit with their humble tail between their legs should any child ask "well- why DOES an object fall to the ground?" It also means - that when physicists (as Fosar/Bludorf et al have written)- discover that DNA does in fact become superconductive and MAKE BLACK HOLES- they also have to sit facing the humble pie that they don't have a CLUE what DNA (in the blood) is really DOING - in electrical terms."

[mariangela]

Hi all,

Since many years ago I have been watching the videos and interviews of Project Camelot and now from Avalon.
As spanish speaker (of Colombia, but living since some months in Berlin) I wonder how is it possible that in all this information you have been sharing, I never heard or read something related to the spanish researcher and journalist J.J.Benitez. If what he says is real, about the experiments of the USAF returning to Jesus time and what the suposedly american Mayor told about the meetings of Jesus witt "others" and the three or four rare situations ... how interesting it could be to gather this with Bills hypothesis. Well, I know that many would prefer not to speak of religious things here. I am not doing it. I personally prefer to speak about Jesus as an individual with really very different origin as most of us... and ok... but the (one more time) suposedly scientific data included in this books, may be also a key to gather with all what you are speaking and discussing since I heard of you (more than 5 or 6 years ago).
Maria Angela

[Chester]

WoW polly1022 and 4evrneo - thanks for the great posts! :cool: justone

[Jeffrey]

The Coming
by Chad Adams

Introductory paragraphs:




The event that is coming is a natural occurrence and it concerns something affecting the sun, NOT slamming into the Earth. It is already affecting the sun as evidencedby the solar filaments. The sun is already reacting to 'forces' we can't see.

Something is coming. Does NASA know about this ‘something’? Well, yes they do, but only to a certain extent. Everyone thinks that NASA has all the answers and that they know everything but for some reason or another has decided to keep quiet. I do not think that is the case. I believe there is a lot out there that NASA and the other space agencies like the ESA and JAXA are clueless about. After all, the universe is immense beyond belief, and possibly infinite. My belief is that these space agencies keep quiet because they do not know everything, and therefore they refuse to disclose certain subjects, discoveries and events until they have a firmer grasp of the situations or discoveries.

They are in a quandary. What if an event comes along that has never been explored by modern science? What of newly made discoveries that were thought to be impossible, yet are manifesting in our own solar system, and quickly? And what if these events are hard to ‘see’ with present equipment, present satellites and telescopes, present technology? A vast problem arises. Nothing is set in stone. Theevent can cause completely unknown processes in our solar system to begin taking place. The solutions to these processes are out of reach, even to NASA. Even the time-frame as to exactly when the processes will begin influencing terrestrial changes is impossible to track down. Why? Not enough data and not enough time to accumulate data.

Read Full Text Here: http://www.scribd.com/doc/36987016/The-Coming-Celestial-Convergence

Plasma cosmology (electric universe), the Local Interstellar Cloud, and Rouge Waves (i.e. large energy fluctuations such as gigantic flux-transfer-like events between systems . . . "burps" between celestial systems with energetic differentials).

Energetic Damping definition from McGraw-Hill Science & Technology Encyclopedia:


A term broadly used to denote either the dissipation of energy in, and the consequent decay of, oscillations of all types or the extent of the dissipation and decay. The energy losses arise from frictional (or analogous) forces which are unavoidable in any system or from the radiation of energy to space or to other systems.

Solar System within the LIC system. LIC damping our system like waves licking the shoreline, then comes the rouge wave.

More links here:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flux_transfer_event

http://www.buffalo.edu/news/12989

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P4zixnWeE8A

http://www.thunderbolts.info/mmarchives/081210_sas1.htm

http://www.subtleenergies.com/ormus/tw/pyramidvortex.jpg

[observer]

Click-on forwarding arrow to see the content of Vivek's comment #804

A simple thank you was inappropriate, Vivek.

I've been posting the "Thunderbolts of the Gods" video around the site for some time, now. For any member who is unfamiliar with Plasma Physics and the theory of an Electric Universe, this 'Thunderbolts' video is mandatory watching:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P4zixnWeE8A

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P4zixnWeE8A

This video gives an absolute understanding of what is about to happen, based on the mythologies from antiquity, i.e., a clear and distinct evidential trail. One really must watch this to gain a comprehensible understanding of what is going-on with the sun, what the Nazis were 'tapped-into', and what this 'break-away society' is preparing for.

One possible interpretation of the unfolding events, and an interpretation based on the evidence, would be a scenario that emerges something like this:



Our universe (much like an electric appliance) was turned-on by some 'Force' outside of our perceptions.... outside of this particular dimension.

The creation of this particular universe was for the design purpose of containing souls that had 'fallen' from grace.

An hyperdimensional life-form (spanning more than one dimension) is controlling this particular reality.

The ascension of souls away from this particular planet is being manipulated through an electromagnetic structure that resembles a matrix, i.e., the very structure of the universe (electromagnetism) is being used to trap souls within this matrix. (extremely high technology)

Any number of reasons can be speculated-on as to why this phenomenon exists. (from the evidence) I would suggest there is a feeding operation in progress - soul harvesting.


The evidence would also suggest, that the entire operation has reached a point of such obscenity that a 'Force' outside of this particular dimension is in the process of shutting-it-down.... much like one would 'turn-off' an electric appliance.

Some more links for further research:

https://www.youtube.com/user/ThunderboltsProject

Also, for more evidence of what this 'break-away society' is attempting in order to avoid this inevitability , bump this comment. :bump:


Claims that HAARP warps Gravity and time.......

http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/physicist-haarp-manipulates-time-2167703.html

[bennycog]

i have watched that before OBSERVER and yes it does need bumping.. a fantastic well done doco..

instead of the universe on a tortoises back it is inside a lightbulb :)

electricity circulates right? positive/negataive re light/dark re good/bad re right/wrong.
one needs the other to exist or there would be nought.
how i have always felt is that we, througout our learning and growing as a people to becoming godlike ourselves. We would have to progress in our use of energy.. and because we are made to be stuck on oil by those elite we are unable to move to the next level. many people have tried to move us on into the next class of beings, but they have been quickly pardon the pun, shot down.
looking forward to moving onto the next phase. it may seem spiritual and maybe it is.. maybe the spirit is the spark.. thats my feeling..

[Jeffrey]

One possible interpretation of the unfolding events, and an interpretation based on the evidence, would be a scenario that emerges something like this:



Our universe (much like an electric appliance) was turned-on by some 'Force' outside of our perceptions.... outside of this particular dimension.

The creation of this particular universe was for the design purpose of containing souls that had 'fallen' from grace.

An hyperdimensional life-form (spanning more than one dimension) is controlling this particular reality.

The ascension of souls away from this particular planet is being manipulated through an electromagnetic structure that resembles a matrix, i.e., the very structure of the universe (electromagnetism) is being used to trap souls within this matrix. (extremely high technology)

Any number of reasons can be speculated-on as to why this phenomenon exists. (from the evidence) I would suggest there is a feeding operation in progress - soul harvesting.


The evidence would also suggest, that the entire operation has reached a point of such obscenity that a 'Force' outside of this particular dimension is in the process of shutting-it-down.... much like one would 'turn-off' an electric appliance.


Some ideas.

We could be the individualized aspect of a planetary consciousness experiencing itself and thought. The process of a "spirit" taking on a physical body could develop an energetic envelope - the soul.

When the physical body is expended the spirit leaves the soul-shell like a butterfly's cocoon. The soul would continue to exist for a time but would naturally decay as it's source of animation-power (the spirit) has moved on. It now acts as a spiritual solenoid in a state of progressive decay. The experiences of the life have been imprinted on the soul-shell and the energy field created by the spirit lingers for a time. So a disincarnate soul would be like an echo of what once was.

When a fetus is in development, a soul-shell could encase it (should one be near, it would "gravitate" towards it energetically not that it is truly conscious) or if one doesn't the fetus would eventually develop one naturally.

Past lives aren't of the spirit, but similar to guestbook signatures of the life past spirits that used that shell, imprinting it with lingering memory signatures. Past life regression therapy?

Some of these energetic shells would accumulate in earths upper atmosphere and leak out. Over time though (correlating with population), they could build up enough to disrupt the energetic equilibrium of the system.

The opportunity to "release" the pressure valve could come in the form of these giant bursts of energy transference, rouge waves. Plasma events on large scale levels. The LIC damping our system would technically be (objectively) energy harvesting, and subjectively be agents of malice, or benevolence, reaping souls. The subjective view would of course be natural from a survival standpoint. Just a thought.

Here's some links to chew on, more ideas:

http://www.spi.com.sg/spi_files/hungry_ghost_2003/main07.htm

http://www.clarity-of-being.org/dark...rue-nature.htm

[wynderer]

hi Vivek -- thanks for stretching my mind as always

Re this from your post:
'When the physical body is expended the spirit leaves the soul-shell like a butterflies cocoon. The experiences of the life have been imprinted on the soul-shell and the energy field created by the spirit lingers for a time. So a disincarnate soul would be like an echo of what once was.'

my own experience has been that the higher/faster vibrating dimensions are far more 'real' than being here, in a 3D Earth body

one lady said of her NDE that coming back into her body was like coming into a pair of soggy wet longjohns

purely subjective, i know, but one could say the gift of individual consciousness is the gift of a unique & personalized subjective experience of the Creator/the Great Mystery --???





One possible interpretation of the unfolding events, and an interpretation based on the evidence, would be a scenario that emerges something like this:



Our universe (much like an electric appliance) was turned-on by some 'Force' outside of our perceptions.... outside of this particular dimension.

The creation of this particular universe was for the design purpose of containing souls that had 'fallen' from grace.

An hyperdimensional life-form (spanning more than one dimension) is controlling this particular reality.

The ascension of souls away from this particular planet is being manipulated through an electromagnetic structure that resembles a matrix, i.e., the very structure of the universe (electromagnetism) is being used to trap souls within this matrix. (extremely high technology)

Any number of reasons can be speculated-on as to why this phenomenon exists. (from the evidence) I would suggest there is a feeding operation in progress - soul harvesting.


The evidence would also suggest, that the entire operation has reached a point of such obscenity that a 'Force' outside of this particular dimension is in the process of shutting-it-down.... much like one would 'turn-off' an electric appliance.


Some ideas.

We could be the individualized aspect of a planetary consciousness experiencing itself and thought. The process of a "spirit" taking on a physical body could develop an energetic envelope - the soul.

When the physical body is expended the spirit leaves the soul-shell like a butterflies cocoon. The soul would continue to exist for a time but would naturally decay as it's source of animation-power (the spirit) has moved on. It now acts as a spiritual solenoid in a state of progressive decay. The experiences of the life have been imprinted on the soul-shell and the energy field created by the spirit lingers for a time. So a disincarnate soul would be like an echo of what once was.

When a fetus is in development, a soul-shell could encase it (should one be near, it would "gravitate" towards it energetically not that it is truly conscious) or if one doesn't the fetus would eventually develop one naturally.

Past lives aren't of the spirit, but similar to guestbook signatures of the life past spirits that used that shell lived.

Some of these energetic shells would accumulate in earths upper atmosphere and leak out, like a burp. Over time though, they could build up enough to disrupt the energetic equilibrium of the system.

The opportunity to "release" the pressure valve could come in the form of these giant bursts of energy transference, rouge waves. Plasma events on large scale levels. The LIC damping our system would technically be (objectively) energy harvesting, and subjectively be agents of malice, or benevolence, reaping souls. The subjective view would of course be natural from a survival standpoint. Just a thought.

[Jeffrey]

hi Vivek -- thanks for stretching my mind as always

Re this from your post:
'When the physical body is expended the spirit leaves the soul-shell like a butterflies cocoon. The experiences of the life have been imprinted on the soul-shell and the energy field created by the spirit lingers for a time. So a disincarnate soul would be like an echo of what once was.'

my own experience has been that the higher/faster vibrating dimensions are far more 'real' than being here, in a 3D Earth body

one lady said of her NDE that coming back into her body was like coming into a pair of soggy wet longjohns

purely subjective, i know, but one could say the gift of individual consciousness is the gift of a unique & personalized subjective experience of the Creator/the Great Mystery --???





One possible interpretation of the unfolding events, and an interpretation based on the evidence, would be a scenario that emerges something like this:



Our universe (much like an electric appliance) was turned-on by some 'Force' outside of our perceptions.... outside of this particular dimension.

The creation of this particular universe was for the design purpose of containing souls that had 'fallen' from grace.

An hyperdimensional life-form (spanning more than one dimension) is controlling this particular reality.

The ascension of souls away from this particular planet is being manipulated through an electromagnetic structure that resembles a matrix, i.e., the very structure of the universe (electromagnetism) is being used to trap souls within this matrix. (extremely high technology)

Any number of reasons can be speculated-on as to why this phenomenon exists. (from the evidence) I would suggest there is a feeding operation in progress - soul harvesting.


The evidence would also suggest, that the entire operation has reached a point of such obscenity that a 'Force' outside of this particular dimension is in the process of shutting-it-down.... much like one would 'turn-off' an electric appliance.


Some ideas.

We could be the individualized aspect of a planetary consciousness experiencing itself and thought. The process of a "spirit" taking on a physical body could develop an energetic envelope - the soul.

When the physical body is expended the spirit leaves the soul-shell like a butterflies cocoon. The soul would continue to exist for a time but would naturally decay as it's source of animation-power (the spirit) has moved on. It now acts as a spiritual solenoid in a state of progressive decay. The experiences of the life have been imprinted on the soul-shell and the energy field created by the spirit lingers for a time. So a disincarnate soul would be like an echo of what once was.

When a fetus is in development, a soul-shell could encase it (should one be near, it would "gravitate" towards it energetically not that it is truly conscious) or if one doesn't the fetus would eventually develop one naturally.

Past lives aren't of the spirit, but similar to guestbook signatures of the life past spirits that used that shell lived.

Some of these energetic shells would accumulate in earths upper atmosphere and leak out, like a burp. Over time though, they could build up enough to disrupt the energetic equilibrium of the system.

The opportunity to "release" the pressure valve could come in the form of these giant bursts of energy transference, rouge waves. Plasma events on large scale levels. The LIC damping our system would technically be (objectively) energy harvesting, and subjectively be agents of malice, or benevolence, reaping souls. The subjective view would of course be natural from a survival standpoint. Just a thought.

Agreed. I think pure subjectivity (raw, blissful experience) becomes hindered, and the true experience becomes hampered when these psychological complexes (thought constructs) color the experience. I wouldn't even say color it, because I feel like they make it monochromatic. Not the traditional definition of subjectiveness, but anyways.

It's like a cage that can limit us from tasting the beauty of reality.

Like this -

http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_en3tE7aKwk8/S5PZHud4fGI/AAAAAAAABkI/KtoEbRp_u6M/s400/funny+bear+-+huge+tounge+massive.jpg

[observer]

Click on forwarding arrow to see the content of Vivek's comment #807

:offtopic:

I'm not clear, Vivek, on how you are splitting the concept of a soul into two parts, i.e. "soul shell" and "spirit". This sounds to me like something someone interpreted from a telepathically influenced message.

The evidence will show, the Primordial Trinity, i.e., that which was defined by every indigenous culture around the globe, consisted of three elements.

!. The Great Spirit = God = Allah = Source
2. The Soul = The Holy Spirit = Individual Spirit.
3. The Body = Any incarnate being.


Dr. Joseph Farrell gives an excellent explanation of this from a theologians perspective, here:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4

Move timer over to 23 min. and listen through to at least 30 min.: 30 sec.

:focus:

[wynderer]

this was a problem i had w/the Steve Richards & Dr Malaanga material -- all that splitting the self into different fragments

not to say that this does not go on, soul fragmentation -- -- thru induced or other trauma [children living thru war etc] -- but the Primordial Trinity, as Observer terms it -- that is how i see things -- i am one individual soul out of probably an infinite number in the multi/perhaps infinitely dimensional Universe[s] -- what a Gift!

edit to add -- the Gift of Individualized Consciousness, continuing on thru many different levels/dimensions /universes /incarnations/experiences beyond present imagination/understanding -- a pretty awesome gift

a lot of the channeling stuff introduces/supports this idea/meme of the soul, one's soul, being fragmented -- the 'oversoul' is one -- i think it's preparation for Humans to become part of a hive mind -- clones in some way






Click on forwarding arrow to see the content of Vivek's comment #807

:offtopic:

I'm not clear, Vivek, on how you are splitting the concept of a soul into two parts, i.e. "soul shell" and "spirit". This sounds to me like something someone interpreted from a telepathically influenced message.

The evidence will show, the Primordial Trinity, i.e., that which was defined by every indigenous culture around the globe, consisted of three elements.

!. The Great Spirit = God = Allah = Source
2. The Soul = The Holy Spirit = Individual Spirit.
3. The Body = Any incarnate being.


Dr. Joseph Farrell gives an excellent explanation of this from a theologians perspective, here:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4

Move timer over to 23 min. and listen through to at least 30 min.: 30 sec.

:focus:

[Jeffrey]

I'm not splitting the soul, I'm saying that what we imagine as a soul could really be an imprinted echo of the field that a spirit creates by "taking on" a physical body. Once the spirit leaves the body (i.e. the physical body "dies"), the field lingers - a soul that thinks it's conscious when it's really just a lingering echo. The ego (being a psychological, archetypal construct) identifies itself with the soul, so it thinks "I" have lived a past life, when in reality your just driving a used car.

These aren't statements of fact. I'm not drawing conclusions, I'm just drawing. Re-thinking about it, playing with concepts.

[CdnSirian]

There is a spectrum of realities going on. "Evidence" is relative.

[cloud9]

Hi all,

Since many years ago I have been watching the videos and interviews of Project Camelot and now from Avalon.
As spanish speaker (of Colombia, but living since some months in Berlin) I wonder how is it possible that in all this information you have been sharing, I never heard or read something related to the spanish researcher and journalist J.J.Benitez. If what he says is real, about the experiments of the USAF returning to Jesus time and what the suposedly american Mayor told about the meetings of Jesus witt "others" and the three or four rare situations ... how interesting it could be to gather this with Bills hypothesis. Well, I know that many would prefer not to speak of religious things here. I am not doing it. I personally prefer to speak about Jesus as an individual with really very different origin as most of us... and ok... but the (one more time) suposedly scientific data included in this books, may be also a key to gather with all what you are speaking and discussing since I heard of you (more than 5 or 6 years ago).
Maria Angela

Maria Angela welcome to Avalon.
I read Caballo de Troya many years ago and it impacted me as real at the time, I think I read 6 or 7 of them but the first one was the best. Now I doubt about their veracity because as the story progressed the quality of it was going down but it was a great read nevertheless.
I remember when Yamid Amat interviewed J.J. Benitez and Benitez made some very interesting comments about Jesus and the fact that he knew a lot more about him, (Benitez) even said that he had some documents or knowledge that would be in the public domain just after he died which was very intriguing but Amat didn't go deeper about it, it was frustrating to say the least.

Unfortunately Benitez is not known in the English speaking world which is a real shame, he is a brilliant man.

[Sirius White]

I'm not splitting the soul, I'm saying that what we imagine as a soul could really be an imprinted echo of the field that a spirit creates by "taking on" a physical body. Once the spirit leaves the body (i.e. the physical body "dies"), the field lingers - a soul that thinks it's conscious when it's really just a lingering echo. The ego (being a psychological, archetypal construct) identifies itself with the soul, so it thinks "I" have lived a past life, when in reality your just driving a used car.

These aren't statements of fact. I'm not drawing conclusions, I'm just drawing. Re-thinking about it, playing with concepts.

I came to this conclusion when I was about 12 years old. Years have only reassured me of this theory. You are right :) This happens to some people. In some cases, they are not just echoes, but actual kind of shells, in which a pattern or imprint gets lost in between, and apparitions form. Kind of replaying of a memory.

Then there are actual spirits, who get stuck in review states.....and also some who become disembodied and refuse to go back to the "in between zone" if you will.

[Chester]

Click on forwarding arrow to see the content of Vivek's comment #807

:offtopic:

I'm not clear, Vivek, on how you are splitting the concept of a soul into two parts, i.e. "soul shell" and "spirit". This sounds to me like something someone interpreted from a telepathically influenced message.

The evidence will show, the Primordial Trinity, i.e., that which was defined by every indigenous culture around the globe, consisted of three elements.

!. The Great Spirit = God = Allah = Source
2. The Soul = The Holy Spirit = Individual Spirit.
3. The Body = Any incarnate being.


Dr. Joseph Farrell gives an excellent explanation of this from a theologians perspective, here:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CzMaQPZi2Z4

Move timer over to 23 min. and listen through to at least 30 min.: 30 sec.

:focus:

Hi Observer - Your view of the Primordial Trinity is exactly my own view.

I found this view to be true for me through my own experience (playing with the concept). I am extremely happy to have found this post of yours. I knew deep down we shared something and discovered through your post we share what likely is the most important thing!

We agree on the Primordial Trinity.

I hope you will forgive my harsh posts and accept my hug and consider my request for your forgiveness.

Love to You
Chester

[Joe Akulis]

Okay, so let's sum up, again.

We have some dots/puzzle pieces that make it look like some of the big wigs are up to something. Some think it's enslavement of the planet, some indications are that they are actually trying to get out of dodge before something bad hits the planet. I can say that after reading zerohedge.com for the past 4 years that financially, there is most definitely this feel like the big fish don't care about the problems they are kicking down the road. It's a definitely possibility that they already understand that all they have to do is make it for a couple more months and then it all goes away regardless. And there are certainly signs that over the past couple years they have become more and more blatant in the illegality and immorality and the size of their misdeeds, and they care less and less about being caught in the act. Know what that reminds me of? If you know it's almost over anyway, why not take as much as you can? Almost exactly like we would do in a grocery store the day they told us the CME to end all CMEs was gonna hit tomorrow. A lot of people would storm the supermarket, and just take anything that they could, before anyone else got it all, right? I sure get the feeling like that is what has been going on financially across the globe for the past couple years. They know the end is coming, so just pillage it man! Then take it somewhere safe and live in comfort while everyone else perishes. Hmm... Definitely a possibility.

So, they have two places they could go. Off world, or underground. The underground option I question a little now. Because I was awfully convinced by some people last year that the quakes in the US that happened on August ... 16th? were not quakes at all. Two big quakes less than a day apart, both in areas where there is not a lot of historical quake activity, both quakes are felt way farther away than they should have been felt. I saw the seismographs. They were not quakes. If those details weren't enough for you, then the mainstream media was the final convincer for me. For one or two days afterwards we saw some news about the folks in NYC leaving their offices because they were worried, and then, before reporters could start asking questions about why two big ones in relative quake free zones and all the other things about these quakes that didn't add up, they got drowned out. By what? Irene! Irene's coming! A week of coverage dedicated to hurricane Irene. "Look over here! Watch this, and forget all about that stupid quake stuff." Then Irene comes and goes and what are people talking about afterwards? About why Irene was so overhyped!
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/capital-weather-gang/post/hurricane-irene-hype-over-the-top-media-coverage-or-justified/2011/08/29/gIQA77denJ_blog.html
http://news.yahoo.com/real-hurricane-irene-renamed-hurricane-hype-021402485.html

So, we got two very abnormal seismic events that the big fish would rather we forget about. Then along comes Tolec and Wilcock saying it was some friendly ETs trashing the underground bases that the big fish were planning to use once this solar/environmental mayhem begins. But not everyone is convinced by the Tolec/Wilcock explanations. If so, then maybe these big quakes were from some kind of construction work they were doing down there? And it was the elites who were the cause of it? And it was all part of their preparation work still going on as they get ready? Hmm. Dunno...

I believe they do expect something. But do they still have a ticket out? If their tickets have been revoked, what evidence might there be to show that their outlook has changed? They would be very upset and panicked and desperate if they suddenly realized that they were stuck here to endure this along with everyone else. So far, all I see are more more stalling tactics. "Keep them at arms length just a little longer. Announce another european bailout scheme. Tell Germany to go along with it, it won't matter in a little while. Use the Quantitative Easing schemes a little longer even if it is all becoming less and less effective. All we have to do is make it for 6-9 more months."

If they are still getting the hell out of dodge soon, then the question we should be interested in is this:
Do they plan to return?

The answer to that question I think will dictate what happens to the hundreds of nuclear reactors around the globe. If they intend to return/or stick their heads back above ground in a few years, then they will have taken steps to insure that the planet does not get turned into a radioactive waste dump. Otherwise, I don't think just being holed up in Denver is going to be good enough. They still won't have a planet to come back to for centuries. And we will be in-between lifetimes just watching and wondering if/when we would ever desire to incarnate here again. I guess that kinda makes me hope that these elites still want to use the planet for some continued human existence. :-)

If so, then take it one step farther. All these clean, healthy, well fed people pop back up 7 years from now. Anyone left alive is gonna do what? Take their heads off for leaving the rest of us high and dry. So they will have something in the plans for taking control of that population that survived on the surface, to ensure that they are not a threat to the return of the big fish.

So that could be a glimpse of the play ... in 3D. :-)

What stinks about all this is that there's a few more D's involved. And that's where I lose my grip on the story. Did this final act already happen? And some benevolent neighbors decided that it had too great an impact on the rest of the galaxy, so they jumped into the game? Are there fifty timelines going on and who knows if this is one of the good ones or a sucky one? Okay, my head hurts now.

I guess after having soaked up this entire thread, here's where I come out:
I'm going to grab a couple extra packages of toilet paper and some necessities, and stick 'em in the corner in the basement. I'm going to get a couple extra chains for my chainsaw, and some extra premix, and make sure I got a can of gas on hand. This CME hits in the winter and we're gonna need to cut some wood. I'm gonna get a good water filter that can handle quite a few gallons.

Then I'm going to continue to learn more about what I am. And just what I can and can't do. I need to learn how to percieve more than just what this human vehicle allows me to percieve. I think if I can tune out all the input coming from the receptors on this vehicle, then I might be able to start perceiving other forms of energy that I wasn't aware of before. I would like to learn better how to use, and to interact with those energies. I want to learn, to grow, and explore.

[Simon]

Bill, this alteration of time was as a direct action of the Orion cubes which were taken from the little grey men - these were made into other things that altered time - devices that were able to send people and objects (as well as thoughts) through the portal and bringing stuff through. My mother worked for mi5 (1971 - 1979) and there were two conversations which touched on this.
I am sad but yes I agree with much of what you wrote - most of it in fact, why are so many Humans so greedy ? So foolish ? Yet they must be saved - by being given the chance to save them selves.

[Rocky_Shorz]

so I'm curious, why weren't the British Elites invited to join the breakoff civilizations...

sounds like they are all digging at full speed to make personal bunkers...



Billionaires' basements: the luxury bunkers making holes in London streets

A new billionaires' craze for building elaborate subterranean extensions is making swiss cheese of London's poshest streets – but at what cost?

http://static.guim.co.uk/sys-images/Guardian/About/General/2012/11/9/1352483588214/Iceberg-house-illustratio-012.jpg

Poking up at regular intervals, thrusting outwards from their moulded openings as if performing a salute to passers-by, are lines of angled conveyor belts. Slowly rumbling away, they reach high above the trees, pouring a continuous stream of rubble into the cradles of awaiting skips. You would be forgiven for thinking that the residents of the royal borough have established a kind of coal-mining cottage industry. Or maybe they're digging for gold?

"It is an absolute disgrace," says one elderly resident, out walking her freshly coiffed miniature poodle in between the rows of hoarded-off skips. "It feels like they've turned Kensington into a war zone."

The reason for all this quarrying is not the discovery of a coal-rich seam beneath the Wrenaissance streets, but the local enthusiasm for subterranean development. Over the past four years, this local authority alone has granted planning applications for more than 800 basement extensions, refused 90, and has a further 20 outstanding. It is the most densely populated borough in the country, with no room to build outwards, and no permission to build upwards – so the only way is down.

But this desire for digging isn't to everyone's liking. Last week a furore erupted when plans were released for a four-storey basement beneath a 19th-century schoolhouse in Knightsbridge, for Canadian former TV mogul David Graham.

Tripling the size of the property, this gargantuan pleasure cave would house a ballroom and swimming pool, with hot tub, sauna and massage room, as well as 15 bedrooms, seven bathrooms and 20 toilets, plunging deeper into the earth than the height of neighboring homes...

if there is trouble, just dig down and hop in... lol

[Flash]

-------

Here's a really fascinating post from the Nesara News blog. (This may be the one and only time I'll ever cross-post something from there!)

It rambles around quite a bit, and there are way too many exclamation marks -- but it's all about time loops, and the author really might not be 100% wrong. It's copied verbatim and in full.

Following this, two posts below, I've copied my reply to the friend who sent me the link and asked me for my opinion. That may show why I found this interesting.

I should also add, in passing, that I do NOT attach any credibility to Andy Basiago's reports about Mars -- which is a separate topic. He was definitely involved in teleportation experiments when he was a child -- but his Mars 'recollections' came much more recently, and both Kerry and I strongly suspect that these are screen memories designed to later discredit his TRUE testimony.

Back to the topic: :)

http://nesaranews.blogspot.ca/2012/07/heres-new-twist-what-do-you-think-of.html






By Shannon - Posted on 11 July 2012

Okay, I've finally got to say it. There is so much evidence to support this idea, that it can NO LONGER be called a theory, but really simply has to be given its place in the records as how things have actually happened.

THE WORLD (all of us humans on it) and all of the events taking place with-in space-time, from a certain point in history (most likely) 1947 have been STUCK in a repeating TIME LOOP which only a few people know anything about.

Those people, many from what has become known as the CABAL, and many from the MILITARY are fighting a very real war for control of the planet Earth by using the technology of TIME TRAVEL as spoken about by ANDY BASIAGO in his revelations about D.A.R.P.A. , Teleportation, and the secret government’s experiments using Tesla based technologies to gain quantum access by a number of means.

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/04/28/andrew-basiago-seattle-attorney-time-travels_n_1438216.html

But…, where ANDY leaves off, many of us, to now include Alfred Lambremont Webre, have picked up and have put the pieces of the puzzle together in a way that CANNOT BE DENIED.

See this article on his website: Exopolitics.com for starters and pay close attention to part 10.

http://exopolitics.blogs.com/exopolitics/2012/04/memo-to-david-wilcock-drake-benjamin-fulford-alexander-romanov-chodoin-daikaku-.html...

Deeper and deeper the rabbit hole goes and I myself have a few things to say that even our dear Alfred has left out.

It is my opinion that in their insane bid to enslave and completely control mankind, the CABAL began sending back all relevant information pertinent to the control of the masses BACK IN TIME, from many varying points in the future, to THEMSELVES in the past.

Now you know why the Micheal J. FOX movies (The BACK TO THE FUTURE trilogy) were so very necessary to be made.

Movies of this type HAD TO BE MADE in order for the ridicule factor to even be possible by the CIA degenerates who would be called upon hide this fact from the population at large. The movie TIME COP also was part of this plausible deniability project.

The 3 episodes of Back TO THE FUTURE and the movie TIME COP were the cover stories for ridicule and plausible deniability in the event the even ONE PERSON caught wind of what was happening with in the secret governments TIME TRAVEL programs!

Isn’t it nice they threw in a laughably silly twist and made the time travel machine a cute little car (a DeLorean), and the speed at which time travel occurred (88 miles per hour), part of the whole joking “this can only be laughed at" scenario of the movie?!

Sadly, it is my conviction that the Director of BACK TO THE FUTURE was used, and perhaps even KNOWINGLY was involved in this super-secret attempt at Dis-info/Mind Control to keep the masses from even thinking about what may have been going on behind their backs!

In one of his lectures (which has been recorded and I have on video in my personal files) Phil Corso Jr., (the son of the well-known Colonel Phillip Corso , who had worked at both the WHITE HOUSE and THE PENTAGON, and who wrote the book: THE DAY AFTER ROSWELL), admitted that whether or not UFO's were real, that the UFO cover-up was NEVER the main secret being kept by the government as supposed by Dr. STEVEN GREER of the disclosure movement!

He went on to say that it was very short-sighted by those in the UFO community to be so side-tracked in their bid for DISCLOSURE, that they missed the entire forest for the trees. (my words, not his)

THE MAIN SECRET, he said, is and HAS ALWAYS BEEN “TIME TRAVEL” and the fact that TIME has been compromised!

Which explains why I am such a large supporter of Andy Basiago, and of Alfred Lambremont Webre! Please go to http://exopolitics.com and spend a few days reading there!

This was, “…the kind of information that any and all who fell upon it would be killed for...,” according to Corso Jr., and not whether or not a flying saucer had been seen, or whether or not they were even real!

The reason that UFOs and their presence was kept secret by the U.S. and other governments was that the way they traveled through space, was by default a means of achieving time travel, and that ANY INQUIRY WHATSOEVER made by a curious public as to how it was that any alien craft traveled through space would have to establish THIS FACT, (the time travel connection) and therefore the whole UFO question by DEFAULT had to be classified as well!

He also said that, UNLIKE so many other people lecturing on the Roswell incident, his information from his father suggested that the vehicle that crashed was not totally UNEXPECTED by a few secret members of the military, in the sense that they had been waiting for it!

This is AWESOME, and yet disturbing in and of itself!

The crash, according to Corso Jr, may have been unexpected, but not the appearance of the vehicle, which WAS expected.

Now WHY would the vehicle have been expected?

According to his information, some of which he shared, and some of which you have to use your head and then insert the missing pieces to conclude, was that some of the military had told his father that the EBE's, or advanced robotic entities who were flying the craft were in fact bringing back information from the future!

Just who the target recipients of this information were, he did not discuss, but it is safe to assume that it was members of the secret government or the CABAL, who were supposed to receive and then ACT upon this information.

A more chilling fact was brought out in another lecture by Corso Jr., and it was the idea that he was involved in a project with the military where he personally was actually designing and developing THE VERY CRAFT which would once again be sent back in time with all of the necessary information to 1947, and that it HAD to be sent back before a certain period he was told.

One can only guess what kind of information was retrieved from the still operating EBE-robotic entity that they recovered from that crash, but a small advanced android could certainly contain quite a bit of information about the future I would surmise.

Phil Corso Jr, however is not the only one who admitted this type of strange advance knowing about things to come. In one his most famous YOUTUBE videos, PHIL SCHNIEDER told the world that during his years of contracting to build some of the US's many deep underground bases and cities, that while drilling holes that would eventually be used to square off a deep underground base or city, the drillers struck an underground cavern filled with Grey Aliens. He said that when he was lowered down into one of the shafts/holes to see what was holding up the drilling or what they had struck, when he was confronted by a group of Aliens and subsequently shot one or two of them before coming back up to the surface.

This information is NOT nearly as important to me however as what he said next and that was that he was TOLD by the higher ups in the intelligence services when he filed a report that they were fully aware of their presence (the Grey Aliens) in that vicinity, and that they had expected him to find them!!

Think about it. He's drilling a hole for the first time, (the first time in this loop of time, I mean) and the Grey Aliens are living or squatting down there, and sends the military a report of what happens, and they say, "Oh yeah, we forgot to tell you they were there, we knew that."

HOW COULD THEY HAVE KNOWN THAT?

Enter the cascading waterfall of future information being sent back in time, and suddenly all of these things that are happening are no longer a surprise, but are expected!

The truth of the matter is this: NOT ONLY HAS TIME BEEN COMPROMISED, but it has been compromised by a CABAL that wants to take over and ENSLAVE THE WORLD AND ALL LIVING BEINGS on the world.

My opinion is that the period of time between 1947 and 2012 has become a period of time that is now looping over and over and over again, and who really knows how many loops we've gone through in this bid up to 2012 and the GOLDEN AGE?

What is certain is that those who either know about, or are controlling the loops have NO DESIRE for a Golden Age to occur, while those who may be of the so-called Positive Military are too yellow bellied, cowardly, squeamish and lily-livered to come out into the open light of day and say anything about what is really going on here!

There are some of the military as we speak who do know about this and in my belief that are trying to set matters right, but this is a battle that has now taken on EPIC proportions. I don’t know why they don’t ask for the PUBLIC’s HELP!

(THE TRUTH WILL SET YOU FREE)

This could have been going on for hundreds and hundreds (if not thousands) of years by now, and all of the focus has been centering around this period of time from 1947 to 2012.

I believe that the positive Extraterrestrials were NEVER supposed to do what they are doing now, and only got involved because this matter had gotten so out of hand!

I believe that due to the breach of the fabric of time, and the advanced technology that was being carted backward from the future by the CABAL, those of us who were innocent by-standers in this bastardized time-line were so ill equipped to defend ourselves and so ill equipped to even mount a defense against the advanced information and advanced technology they were bringing back from their own darkly inclined scientists, that the CREATOR himself had to act!!

It is my humble opinion that as more and more successive time loops occurred, the CABAL was able to bring back more and more advanced technology from the future so that as soon as a newly dug underground base was finished, it was filled immediately with advanced technology that was brought back from a preceding loop from our own future.

In his excursions as a child participant in D.A.R.P.A’s quantum access programs, Andy Basiago has said that while he was sent many times to FORD’s THEATRE to witness the murder of Abraham Lincoln, each successive time he went back, he ran into other images or reflections of himself as well, which were also there doing the exact same mission.

It is my opinion that THIS ALONE is the reason why anyone who listens to CHANNELED INFORMATION is not getting the whole story, but a possible version of the story that was pertinent at some point on one of these many LOOPS!

My theory about this is that with each successive loop, all things that happened before, happen again, as ghostly images in the new loop…, as well as those new things that did NOT HAPPEN before, but have NOW BEEN INSERTED BY THE CABAL!

This is why so many predictions have come and gone. Why so many things have been channeled and not happened in the way it was said it would occur.

The sum total of all of these channeled messages from every loop are still there, all those from previous time loops, and well as those that are meant for us in the current loop.

Just like the strange ghostly images of himself that Andy Basiago encountered at Ford’s Theatre, we are encountering ghostly images of past information that were sent to previous loops of time where the conditions were not as dire as they are NOW!

Continuing on with where I was, this is what I believe has given the rise to the so called: BREAK AWAY CIVILIZATIONS that have been thriving underground in these bases and cities right under our feet.

It has been stated by whistle blowers of many types that there were in fact TWO distinct societies in the united states; one that was above ground and the one below ground. The one above ground was living out the mundane and yet now very altered and bastardized version of time---a version that had been literally sterilized, and neutered of many of the random events that would be beneficial to human beings as a whole and steer it in such a fashion as to augment to vision of those who would enslave the world! And as each year passed, the time-line got more and more corrupted and more and more bastardized to the point where a Fascist World Dictatorship really looked as if it could be a possibility!

Then there was the society called the breakaway society that was below ground, and which was actively receiving information and technology with each passing time loop, so that some of the whistle blowers who had been down there and seen the technology estimated that those underground were in fact 500 or 1000 years ahead of the rest of us. Why would they make that claim if these technologies had simply been "invented" in the short period we are now in? Think about it... they KNOW it could not have happened that fast! They should have said if they really believed that, that those humans underground are 30 or 40 or 50 years ahead of the rest of us, but instead they tell us those underground are 500 or 1000 years ahead which suggests that this is how much time, or how many loops it took for the technology they now had and were in fact using, to be invented, or to be developed.

It is my opinion that the reason for all these loops is that in each run up to 2012, the CABAL is failing to do what it wants to do, which is to totally enslave the world and get a one world government before 2012! It is my opinion that this is why they have HIJACKED TIME, and have gone to so much trouble to "CREATE" a designer timeline; a timeline which will give them the result they want before we hit the end of what they consider their opportune window.

The implications of this is that if you are alive and living right now, it is MOST LIKELY the case that the life you are living, and the experiences you are having in that life, have been altered from what YOU AS A SOUL INTENDED for yourself to have for this life.

Many of our lives may have so changed by what the CABAL has done, that in some cases, the life you planned or intended for yourself resembles NOTHING that it was originally supposed to be.

THIS IS THE BIG SECRET! THIS IS THE BIG LIE!

This is what the channelers of so much fame and accord, will NEVER touch upon, as it has become a TOP SECURITY ISSUE for the HIGHEST LEVELS and the highest councils in this galaxy and Universe!

Far from being a first contact scenario, which was the plan for (who knows how many) loops ago…, then to a limited help scenario, which was the adapted plan for less loops ago, then to a multifaceted bargain/negotiation with the CABAL itself, which probably started even less loops ago, to a full blown engagement with intervention and on-goings battles which is where we are today.

And those who are the so-called light workers who are trying to discern CURRENT information from the multifaceted and over-laying nature of multiple intersecting timelines is KIDDING themselves if they think they can correctly understand WHICH channeled information is for THIS TIME-LINE or a previous ONE!

Continuing on once again, it has been said that George Bush SR, once told a reporter that if the masses ever found out what had REALLY been done to them, that all of the elites would be chased down and hung from the nearest lamp pole.

THIS IS WHAT HE WAS TALKING ABOUT!!!

Not a just a onetime, simple little world takeover bid, but something that has been ongoing over and over again, for a length of time only known to those CELESTIALS who are fighting them and the CABAL itself.

It is my opinion that this goes much deeper and farther that ANYTHING AS OF YET CONCEIVED by the common mind of humans who are not in the know. And, if one considers a completely bastardized timeline in which none of the life lessons you set up for yourself were able to manifest because the job you had set up for yourself a hundred loops ago, or the people you had set up to meet a hundred loops ago, were in fact canceled out in lieu of the new "inserted" events (events which affected us all) that a only handful of people were setting up in order to steer the timeline into an enslavement timeline. ONLY THEN do you have an idea of suffering and unparalleled agony these CABAL members are responsible for.

This is the depth of what BUSH was talking about when he made that comment, because only he knew how far down the rabbit hole really went! This is the depth of what he understood to be the crimes of the CABAL! Most of the truth seekers out there are just not thinking big enough here, you're not even in the same league as to what they (the CABAL) have done to EARTH and to mankind. Millions of very loving extra-terrestrial beings would NOT HAVE BEEN NECESSARY for the originally planned timeline if everything had gone according to plan as laid out.

Do you think the original planners and over-seers of our development and of our awakening on the EARTH were that short sighted and that stupid? To think that anything else has happened here is to say and believe that the ANGELS and enlightened beings are inept, stupid, had no foresight, and cannot fight their way out of a paper bag!!

This is NOT THE TRUTH. What is the truth is that they never envisioned a group of people so stubborn, so set upon Global enslavement that they (the CABAL) would send back in time information to themselves into the past, over and over again, trying to achieve a goal that was not working!

Now it becomes more understandable why our water has been chemically altered, our food genetically modified, and our air chem-trailed to death.

They (the CABAL) knew they had yet to attain their goal and sent back the unhappy data to the past where new and ever more diabolical measures were put into place which they hoped would remedy the situation.

LOOP AFTER LOOP most likely has come and gone, and each time a better and more well-choreographed version of their designer time-line has been played out. Every success has been extolled and copied and reproduced, and every failure noted, and then cast aside as something that did not work.

To counter act this, those who protected the EARTH were forced to intercede and intervene more and more and more.

We who are the innocents, and we who are in the middle, have taken about as much of this as we should take!

NONE of us at this time are living the lives we chose for ourselves regardless of what the channels say, because most likely those messages are being sent to previous loops and bleeding through to this one.

Not one of those who Channel from higher beings take this into account, and this is why many of these sources should NOT BE TRUSTED with complete and utter resignation!

Those sources to be trusted are those who are completely HONEST in what has actually transpired, NOT THOSE WHO STILL INSIST upon secrecy and worry about the damage that might be done if we found this stuff out. Those who are overly worried about the CABAL and their feelings and their lives at the expense of those they have manipulated, and those they have mind controlled are more interested in saving themselves from the EMBARRASSMENT that goes with admitting they were WRONG in their assessment of what the CABAL would do! (Even the higher-ups had no idea what the Dark on Earth was really capable of and got a real lesson.)

In summary, The MILITARY for its part, MUST COME CLEAN to the people and do it now so that we know what we are up against!

And if they need help, for GOD’s sake ask for it! There are millions of us who are here and willing to help!

I had completely missed that very important post previously. The few posts I wrote after thisone above really make no sense if you missed this post. The rest of the thread stand on it.

Thanks Paul for referring to it in Conspiracy theory Jessee Ventura thread. It allowed me to read it.

The first reaction I had after reading it was:

oh, now I do not want to relive again and again and again with my ex husband. lol (I really though it)

The second thought was the movie with Bill Murray and the "le jour de la marmotte" (don't know the English title) where the same daily scenario is repeated again and again, each time he changes a few thing from anterior lessons to make life better. However, he had the knowledge and awareness about what was going on. This is not, or was not, the same with me and my ex husband. When you do not know that you are inside a time loop, you cannot change and improve anything at every repetition. There is no learning, no evolution possible.

My third reaction was: well, at my level, not much can be done except developing consciousness and trying to introduce few modifications at every rebeginning, for the best, learning at every turn of the loop. Not much else can be done.

May fourth reaction was: we have to wait for ET intervention from higher realms. This is truly out of our control.

Then I understood why so many seers/RVs do not see anything after the 2012 bump in time in a month from now. The loop will restart again, there if nothing afterward, it is starting over.

But there is possibilities for change to stop it since the Cabal brings new elements from the future each time around. There is some hope. But how to increase our consciousness each time around in order to see what is happening and be useful in finding ways to end it.

At one point, Carmody said that we would be absolutely going nuts if we knew what had been done to us. Which I believe true. Passing beside our destiny and being caught in hell without even knowing we are is absolutely terrible.

Furthermore, each time in each loop, the dictatorship and the harm done to us may just be getting worst and more and more unstandable, for perfect control. It does explain this incredible need and will for total control. They want to make sure to survive up to 24,000 years and only complete control of humans gives this result. In all other options seen in the looking glass or the cube, they were gone. They created a 40 years loop to make sure to survive, since it was the turning point where they could twist events to their advantage.

It would also explain the soul catching or hampering. Soul evolution would have gotten us out of the loop and they, the cabal, would have been left behind. The success of man was their failure.

Then someone else said that what was foreseen did not happened. The worst foreseen did not happened, therefore the Cabal is weakening. It may be different, in fact the cabal makes sure this time around that the main catastrophies are not happening by design, wanting to make sure some earth is saved in other to reach the 24,000 years mark. They need less catastrophies because the other scenarios did not work out.

I do not understand how any advance ET specie would have left rip in time anywhere in the universe happen or would not mind about it. Unless it is put into a loop to isolate it. They may put us in a 24,000 years loop who knows.

How will we know if this time around we passed through or if we are still restarting again?

There is many potential scenarios but one thing for sure, we need outside higher realms help, if this timeline loop thing is true.

All in all, this post of Bill is very important indeed. It threw a completely different light on all the conspiracy theories,. or realities. It does encompasses everything and explain the stupidities (from a race evolution point of view) and greed of the Cabal.

[ThePythonicCow]

Nesara News, via Bill's post, quoted above:



THE MAIN SECRET, he said, is and HAS ALWAYS BEEN “TIME TRAVEL” and the fact that TIME has been compromised!

Flash, above:



All in all, this post of Bill is very important indeed. It threw a completely different light on all the conspiracy theories,. or realities.
My current (mis?)-understanding of physics has gotten to the point of allowing that the rate at which fundamental physical processes of mass and energy, such as involve light, radiation, the affects of gravity and electromagnetic fields, could speed up or slow down, in one physical region, relative to another region. In short, time could be stretched or compressed locally.

I am also willing to consider supra-luminal affects which could allow the transmission of information across vast distances at speeds vastly in excess of the speed of light. This might, for example, enable local knowledge of incoming physical events traveling at about the speed of light, prior to their arrival.

But I am at a complete loss to imagine how time could be cut and spliced. I still don't believe that one could go back in one's own time, for instance, nor that an individual body and his personal clothing (or DeLorean) could "go to", much less then return from, some other space-time. I can imagine that if one physical region were sped up or slowed down, and that if you happen to be half in, half out, of that region, you'd likely meet a sudden demise, perhaps half embedded in a steel ship's hull.

Either I've got some more "awakening" to do, or we are staring at yet another layer of the onion, not its true core.

I take the descriptions of "multiple timelines" to mean that we are in a complex, catastrophic, fractal universe in which seemingly minor willful changes, done with sufficient fore knowledge, can have dramatic affect. Thus there may appear to be a substantial diversity of potential futures (potential in so far as we might understand them), but there is (I think) but one future that will happen, as it happens.

If someone has seen further, and can explain how such "time navigation" could occur, the mechanisms, not just the analogy, I'd be interested (if I can grok it.)

[onawah]

Interesting! That connects a lot of dots for me.
A recurring question and puzzlement I've had for a long time regarding how TPTW had the foresight to know just how to manipulate humankind over the centuries to get to where they are now.
Their determination really is unbelievable (and lack of wisdom in thinking that such destructiveness would not eventually turn around and bite them on the ass).
But of course, if, as most of us probably suspect by now, there may have been technologically evolved, malevolent ETs involved in that manipulation behind the scenes, overshadowing the Illuminati human souls (manipulating the manipulators), and those negatively oriented ETs may have had the ability to see into future timelines for a long time now.


http://nesaranews.blogspot.ca/2012/0...-think-of.html

By Shannon - Posted on 11 July 2012

Okay, I've finally got to say it. There is so much evidence to support this idea, that it can NO LONGER be called a theory, but really simply has to be given its place in the records as how things have actually happened.

THE WORLD (all of us humans on it) and all of the events taking place with-in space-time, from a certain point in history (most likely) 1947 have been STUCK in a repeating TIME LOOP which only a few people know anything about.

Those people, many from what has become known as the CABAL, and many from the MILITARY are fighting a very real war for control of the planet Earth by using the technology of TIME TRAVEL as spoken about by ANDY BASIAGO in his revelations about D.A.R.P.A. , Teleportation, and the secret government’s experiments using Tesla based technologies to gain quantum access by a number of means.

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/0...n_1438216.html

But…, where ANDY leaves off, many of us, to now include Alfred Lambremont Webre, have picked up and have put the pieces of the puzzle together in a way that CANNOT BE DENIED.

See this article on his website: Exopolitics.com for starters and pay close attention to part 10.

http://exopolitics.blogs.com/exopoli...-daikaku-.html...

Deeper and deeper the rabbit hole goes and I myself have a few things to say that even our dear Alfred has left out.

It is my opinion that in their insane bid to enslave and completely control mankind, the CABAL began sending back all relevant information pertinent to the control of the masses BACK IN TIME, from many varying points in the future, to THEMSELVES in the past.

Now you know why the Micheal J. FOX movies (The BACK TO THE FUTURE trilogy) were so very necessary to be made.

Movies of this type HAD TO BE MADE in order for the ridicule factor to even be possible by the CIA degenerates who would be called upon hide this fact from the population at large. The movie TIME COP also was part of this plausible deniability project.

The 3 episodes of Back TO THE FUTURE and the movie TIME COP were the cover stories for ridicule and plausible deniability in the event the even ONE PERSON caught wind of what was happening with in the secret governments TIME TRAVEL programs!

Isn’t it nice they threw in a laughably silly twist and made the time travel machine a cute little car (a DeLorean), and the speed at which time travel occurred (88 miles per hour), part of the whole joking “this can only be laughed at" scenario of the movie?!

Sadly, it is my conviction that the Director of BACK TO THE FUTURE was used, and perhaps even KNOWINGLY was involved in this super-secret attempt at Dis-info/Mind Control to keep the masses from even thinking about what may have been going on behind their backs!

In one of his lectures (which has been recorded and I have on video in my personal files) Phil Corso Jr., (the son of the well-known Colonel Phillip Corso , who had worked at both the WHITE HOUSE and THE PENTAGON, and who wrote the book: THE DAY AFTER ROSWELL), admitted that whether or not UFO's were real, that the UFO cover-up was NEVER the main secret being kept by the government as supposed by Dr. STEVEN GREER of the disclosure movement!

He went on to say that it was very short-sighted by those in the UFO community to be so side-tracked in their bid for DISCLOSURE, that they missed the entire forest for the trees. (my words, not his)

THE MAIN SECRET, he said, is and HAS ALWAYS BEEN “TIME TRAVEL” and the fact that TIME has been compromised!

Which explains why I am such a large supporter of Andy Basiago, and of Alfred Lambremont Webre! Please go to http://exopolitics.com and spend a few days reading there!

This was, “…the kind of information that any and all who fell upon it would be killed for...,” according to Corso Jr., and not whether or not a flying saucer had been seen, or whether or not they were even real!

The reason that UFOs and their presence was kept secret by the U.S. and other governments was that the way they traveled through space, was by default a means of achieving time travel, and that ANY INQUIRY WHATSOEVER made by a curious public as to how it was that any alien craft traveled through space would have to establish THIS FACT, (the time travel connection) and therefore the whole UFO question by DEFAULT had to be classified as well!

He also said that, UNLIKE so many other people lecturing on the Roswell incident, his information from his father suggested that the vehicle that crashed was not totally UNEXPECTED by a few secret members of the military, in the sense that they had been waiting for it!

This is AWESOME, and yet disturbing in and of itself!

The crash, according to Corso Jr, may have been unexpected, but not the appearance of the vehicle, which WAS expected.

Now WHY would the vehicle have been expected?

According to his information, some of which he shared, and some of which you have to use your head and then insert the missing pieces to conclude, was that some of the military had told his father that the EBE's, or advanced robotic entities who were flying the craft were in fact bringing back information from the future!

Just who the target recipients of this information were, he did not discuss, but it is safe to assume that it was members of the secret government or the CABAL, who were supposed to receive and then ACT upon this information.

A more chilling fact was brought out in another lecture by Corso Jr., and it was the idea that he was involved in a project with the military where he personally was actually designing and developing THE VERY CRAFT which would once again be sent back in time with all of the necessary information to 1947, and that it HAD to be sent back before a certain period he was told.

One can only guess what kind of information was retrieved from the still operating EBE-robotic entity that they recovered from that crash, but a small advanced android could certainly contain quite a bit of information about the future I would surmise.

Phil Corso Jr, however is not the only one who admitted this type of strange advance knowing about things to come. In one his most famous YOUTUBE videos, PHIL SCHNIEDER told the world that during his years of contracting to build some of the US's many deep underground bases and cities, that while drilling holes that would eventually be used to square off a deep underground base or city, the drillers struck an underground cavern filled with Grey Aliens. He said that when he was lowered down into one of the shafts/holes to see what was holding up the drilling or what they had struck, when he was confronted by a group of Aliens and subsequently shot one or two of them before coming back up to the surface.

This information is NOT nearly as important to me however as what he said next and that was that he was TOLD by the higher ups in the intelligence services when he filed a report that they were fully aware of their presence (the Grey Aliens) in that vicinity, and that they had expected him to find them!!

Think about it. He's drilling a hole for the first time, (the first time in this loop of time, I mean) and the Grey Aliens are living or squatting down there, and sends the military a report of what happens, and they say, "Oh yeah, we forgot to tell you they were there, we knew that."

HOW COULD THEY HAVE KNOWN THAT?

Enter the cascading waterfall of future information being sent back in time, and suddenly all of these things that are happening are no longer a surprise, but are expected!

The truth of the matter is this: NOT ONLY HAS TIME BEEN COMPROMISED, but it has been compromised by a CABAL that wants to take over and ENSLAVE THE WORLD AND ALL LIVING BEINGS on the world.

My opinion is that the period of time between 1947 and 2012 has become a period of time that is now looping over and over and over again, and who really knows how many loops we've gone through in this bid up to 2012 and the GOLDEN AGE?

What is certain is that those who either know about, or are controlling the loops have NO DESIRE for a Golden Age to occur, while those who may be of the so-called Positive Military are too yellow bellied, cowardly, squeamish and lily-livered to come out into the open light of day and say anything about what is really going on here!

There are some of the military as we speak who do know about this and in my belief that are trying to set matters right, but this is a battle that has now taken on EPIC proportions. I don’t know why they don’t ask for the PUBLIC’s HELP!

(THE TRUTH WILL SET YOU FREE)

This could have been going on for hundreds and hundreds (if not thousands) of years by now, and all of the focus has been centering around this period of time from 1947 to 2012.

I believe that the positive Extraterrestrials were NEVER supposed to do what they are doing now, and only got involved because this matter had gotten so out of hand!

I believe that due to the breach of the fabric of time, and the advanced technology that was being carted backward from the future by the CABAL, those of us who were innocent by-standers in this bastardized time-line were so ill equipped to defend ourselves and so ill equipped to even mount a defense against the advanced information and advanced technology they were bringing back from their own darkly inclined scientists, that the CREATOR himself had to act!!

It is my humble opinion that as more and more successive time loops occurred, the CABAL was able to bring back more and more advanced technology from the future so that as soon as a newly dug underground base was finished, it was filled immediately with advanced technology that was brought back from a preceding loop from our own future.

In his excursions as a child participant in D.A.R.P.A’s quantum access programs, Andy Basiago has said that while he was sent many times to FORD’s THEATRE to witness the murder of Abraham Lincoln, each successive time he went back, he ran into other images or reflections of himself as well, which were also there doing the exact same mission.

It is my opinion that THIS ALONE is the reason why anyone who listens to CHANNELED INFORMATION is not getting the whole story, but a possible version of the story that was pertinent at some point on one of these many LOOPS!

My theory about this is that with each successive loop, all things that happened before, happen again, as ghostly images in the new loop…, as well as those new things that did NOT HAPPEN before, but have NOW BEEN INSERTED BY THE CABAL!

This is why so many predictions have come and gone. Why so many things have been channeled and not happened in the way it was said it would occur.

The sum total of all of these channeled messages from every loop are still there, all those from previous time loops, and well as those that are meant for us in the current loop.

Just like the strange ghostly images of himself that Andy Basiago encountered at Ford’s Theatre, we are encountering ghostly images of past information that were sent to previous loops of time where the conditions were not as dire as they are NOW!

Continuing on with where I was, this is what I believe has given the rise to the so called: BREAK AWAY CIVILIZATIONS that have been thriving underground in these bases and cities right under our feet.

It has been stated by whistle blowers of many types that there were in fact TWO distinct societies in the united states; one that was above ground and the one below ground. The one above ground was living out the mundane and yet now very altered and bastardized version of time---a version that had been literally sterilized, and neutered of many of the random events that would be beneficial to human beings as a whole and steer it in such a fashion as to augment to vision of those who would enslave the world! And as each year passed, the time-line got more and more corrupted and more and more bastardized to the point where a Fascist World Dictatorship really looked as if it could be a possibility!

Then there was the society called the breakaway society that was below ground, and which was actively receiving information and technology with each passing time loop, so that some of the whistle blowers who had been down there and seen the technology estimated that those underground were in fact 500 or 1000 years ahead of the rest of us. Why would they make that claim if these technologies had simply been "invented" in the short period we are now in? Think about it... they KNOW it could not have happened that fast! They should have said if they really believed that, that those humans underground are 30 or 40 or 50 years ahead of the rest of us, but instead they tell us those underground are 500 or 1000 years ahead which suggests that this is how much time, or how many loops it took for the technology they now had and were in fact using, to be invented, or to be developed.

It is my opinion that the reason for all these loops is that in each run up to 2012, the CABAL is failing to do what it wants to do, which is to totally enslave the world and get a one world government before 2012! It is my opinion that this is why they have HIJACKED TIME, and have gone to so much trouble to "CREATE" a designer timeline; a timeline which will give them the result they want before we hit the end of what they consider their opportune window.

The implications of this is that if you are alive and living right now, it is MOST LIKELY the case that the life you are living, and the experiences you are having in that life, have been altered from what YOU AS A SOUL INTENDED for yourself to have for this life.

Many of our lives may have so changed by what the CABAL has done, that in some cases, the life you planned or intended for yourself resembles NOTHING that it was originally supposed to be.

THIS IS THE BIG SECRET! THIS IS THE BIG LIE!

This is what the channelers of so much fame and accord, will NEVER touch upon, as it has become a TOP SECURITY ISSUE for the HIGHEST LEVELS and the highest councils in this galaxy and Universe!

Far from being a first contact scenario, which was the plan for (who knows how many) loops ago…, then to a limited help scenario, which was the adapted plan for less loops ago, then to a multifaceted bargain/negotiation with the CABAL itself, which probably started even less loops ago, to a full blown engagement with intervention and on-goings battles which is where we are today.

And those who are the so-called light workers who are trying to discern CURRENT information from the multifaceted and over-laying nature of multiple intersecting timelines is KIDDING themselves if they think they can correctly understand WHICH channeled information is for THIS TIME-LINE or a previous ONE!

Continuing on once again, it has been said that George Bush SR, once told a reporter that if the masses ever found out what had REALLY been done to them, that all of the elites would be chased down and hung from the nearest lamp pole.

THIS IS WHAT HE WAS TALKING ABOUT!!!

Not a just a onetime, simple little world takeover bid, but something that has been ongoing over and over again, for a length of time only known to those CELESTIALS who are fighting them and the CABAL itself.

It is my opinion that this goes much deeper and farther that ANYTHING AS OF YET CONCEIVED by the common mind of humans who are not in the know. And, if one considers a completely bastardized timeline in which none of the life lessons you set up for yourself were able to manifest because the job you had set up for yourself a hundred loops ago, or the people you had set up to meet a hundred loops ago, were in fact canceled out in lieu of the new "inserted" events (events which affected us all) that a only handful of people were setting up in order to steer the timeline into an enslavement timeline. ONLY THEN do you have an idea of suffering and unparalleled agony these CABAL members are responsible for.

This is the depth of what BUSH was talking about when he made that comment, because only he knew how far down the rabbit hole really went! This is the depth of what he understood to be the crimes of the CABAL! Most of the truth seekers out there are just not thinking big enough here, you're not even in the same league as to what they (the CABAL) have done to EARTH and to mankind. Millions of very loving extra-terrestrial beings would NOT HAVE BEEN NECESSARY for the originally planned timeline if everything had gone according to plan as laid out.

Do you think the original planners and over-seers of our development and of our awakening on the EARTH were that short sighted and that stupid? To think that anything else has happened here is to say and believe that the ANGELS and enlightened beings are inept, stupid, had no foresight, and cannot fight their way out of a paper bag!!

This is NOT THE TRUTH. What is the truth is that they never envisioned a group of people so stubborn, so set upon Global enslavement that they (the CABAL) would send back in time information to themselves into the past, over and over again, trying to achieve a goal that was not working!

Now it becomes more understandable why our water has been chemically altered, our food genetically modified, and our air chem-trailed to death.

They (the CABAL) knew they had yet to attain their goal and sent back the unhappy data to the past where new and ever more diabolical measures were put into place which they hoped would remedy the situation.

LOOP AFTER LOOP most likely has come and gone, and each time a better and more well-choreographed version of their designer time-line has been played out. Every success has been extolled and copied and reproduced, and every failure noted, and then cast aside as something that did not work.

To counter act this, those who protected the EARTH were forced to intercede and intervene more and more and more.

We who are the innocents, and we who are in the middle, have taken about as much of this as we should take!

NONE of us at this time are living the lives we chose for ourselves regardless of what the channels say, because most likely those messages are being sent to previous loops and bleeding through to this one.

Not one of those who Channel from higher beings take this into account, and this is why many of these sources should NOT BE TRUSTED with complete and utter resignation!

Those sources to be trusted are those who are completely HONEST in what has actually transpired, NOT THOSE WHO STILL INSIST upon secrecy and worry about the damage that might be done if we found this stuff out. Those who are overly worried about the CABAL and their feelings and their lives at the expense of those they have manipulated, and those they have mind controlled are more interested in saving themselves from the EMBARRASSMENT that goes with admitting they were WRONG in their assessment of what the CABAL would do! (Even the higher-ups had no idea what the Dark on Earth was really capable of and got a real lesson.)

In summary, The MILITARY for its part, MUST COME CLEAN to the people and do it now so that we know what we are up against!

And if they need help, for GOD’s sake ask for it! There are millions of us who are here and willing to help!

[observer]

Al Bielek (now deceased) has been talking about the manipulation of the space/time continuum for years. He was a long-time contributor to Coast to Coast AM, since back to the Art Bell days.

For a foundational understanding of the manipulation of time and how it relates to the Black Operations Network, take the time and listen to this very informative interview:

Resource References:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0a9qEwcZZqo
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0a9qEwcZZqo


An old 'Coast' interview with Art Bell:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6ahT5SGlmM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6ahT5SGlmM

Pay attention to what Art has to say at the 20 minute mark, but please, listen to the entire interview.

Many say the Philadelphia Experiment was a hoax. Listen to the source and discern for yourself.

Even if Al Bielek's story is a hoax, there is no denying the Nazis were playing with these same time-manipulation technologies. Review what Jim Marrs (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1QuEedLUdWk)(Pay particular attention at 27:00 minutes) and Dr. Joseph P. Farrell (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZBHK-_OX5yo) (listen carefully beginning at the 22 minute mark) have to say about the Nazi Bell Project.

Summery:

Gravity manipulation equals time manipulation. The two are integral functions of one another. Any technology that includes the manipulation of gravity will inherently include the manipulation of time. Engineering time manipulation through anti-gravity technology is a postulated conclusion.

[Observer1964]

Concerning them going off planet, this was presented in a docu called Alternative 3 from the series science report in 1977. It also showed a clip from a Landing on Mars by a cooperation of russians and americans on 22 may 1962. In this clip you see a cameraview through a window that reminds a lot of the Jupiter 2 Spacecraft from the SF-series Lost in space. It also shows Mars has a blue sky.

The Clip
DV38OJRLbkU


the full episode
Science Report - Alternative 3

The original UK transmission date for this program was intended to be April 1, 1977.
This spoof documentary features Shane Rimmer (The Spy Who Loved Me) as astronaut "Bob Grodin".
Richard Marner (Allo Allo) plays "Dr Carl Gerstein".
Yet the story as it is I think is based on reality and was an attempt to provoke TPTB.
It also had a follow up pocket book in wich was hinted on the use of a weapon that they called Hot Job, and i think this is a weapon that can cause spontanious self combustion. Something also mentioned in Jesse Ventura's Conspiracy theories.
2y_0MFowGaA

[Observer1964]

Summery:

Gravity manipulation equals time manipulation. The two are integral functions of one another. Any technology that includes the manipulation of gravity will inherently include the manipulation of time. Engineering time manipulation through anti-gravity technology is a postulated conclusion.

I once pickep up somewhere that clocks run slower in space, thus time is stretched out by gravity.
Who knows time gets inverted by anti gravity. (just a brainfart)
btw... nice nickname. ;-)

[Observer1964]

I just remember that i used to be member of a yahoo group of people who spent time in the army on Mars.
I recall someone claiming he was sent to Mars and spent 12 yrs there and then was returned to earth to a point in time only 2 weeks after he departed to Mars.
This site is one of the remaining things from that groups founder. http://www.themarsrecords.com

U can download some PDF books about their experiences

[OnyxKnight]

Time runs faster in space (to our perception), and yes, partially is because of gravity. But if the effects are that significant, as you mentioned the Mars missions, I believe that's an artificial stretch of time. Its too big for natural occurrence. Either that, or the quarantine zone has its effects on time too, and they are big. But I think for that they need to pass the barrier, which I doubt they have. Unless they used wormholes to Mars, which would explain the twisted time effects perceived and experienced by the people.




Summery:

Gravity manipulation equals time manipulation. The two are integral functions of one another. Any technology that includes the manipulation of gravity will inherently include the manipulation of time. Engineering time manipulation through anti-gravity technology is a postulated conclusion.

I once pickep up somewhere that clocks run slower in space, thus time is stretched out by gravity.
Who knows time gets inverted by anti gravity. (just a brainfart)
btw... nice nickname. ;-)




I just remember that i used to be member of a yahoo group of people who spent time in the army on Mars.
I recall someone claiming he was sent to Mars and spent 12 yrs there and then was returned to earth to a point in time only 2 weeks after he departed to Mars.
This site is one of the remaining things from that groups founder. http://www.themarsrecords.com

U can download some PDF books about their experiences

[onawah]

This certainly deserves a bump!
There appears to be a lot of information at that link.
Thanks, Observer.
I'm sure many of us here would be interested in hearing of your experiences.
A DVD is mentioned at themarsrecords.com called Fastwalkers featuring interviews with Bob Dean, Steven Greer and others, which is available on Netflix or you can watch it on youtube here:
jtEIIMQQSPU


I just remember that i used to be member of a yahoo group of people who spent time in the army on Mars.
I recall someone claiming he was sent to Mars and spent 12 yrs there and then was returned to earth to a point in time only 2 weeks after he departed to Mars.
This site is one of the remaining things from that groups founder. http://www.themarsrecords.com

U can download some PDF books about their experiences

[Observer1964]

I was only an observing member as i myself dont recall ever been to Mars. But I do have a Mars-fascination and dig up all I can find about Mars.
They even banned me for a while until I explained why I am so interrested in them. Anyway the group was closed down in 2008, but i still have some 500 emails from that time.

[onawah]

Observer, is there anything from those emails that you would be OK with sharing, that you think might be of interest here?

[Observer1964]

Observer, is there anything from those emails that you would be OK with sharing, that you think might be of interest here?
I was checking for that, most mails are kind of what we do here, but i just found a link to a nice site about anomalies like this coin on Mars.
http://www.thelivingmoon.com/43ancients/04images/Mars4/Spirit_Sol_1220_Coin/Cilp_001.png
http://www.thelivingmoon.com/43ancients/02files/Mars_Images.html

Other topics i see are; teleportation, timetravel, interaction with reptilians etc.. all kind of stuff people in such a group talk about.
Donno if i feel free to post it all here. besides i notice it is easy to waste an hour just going tru it.

[Chester]

The "latest transmission" - take it for what you will.

I had this thought run across my mind but first I must set the table here (Chester style).

I recently read the possibly suspect interview from Anthony Sanchez with one "Colonel X." You can find a thread in the General section that points to this interview here -

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?52326-Dulce-interview-Anthony-Sanchez-interviews-Colonel-X

Now, if it is possibly true that there was (and perhaps still is) a race of beings Colonel X refers to as "the firs" (progenitors) and some of that race still resides in the Sirius star system, then the following thoughts occurred to me.

Oedipus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oedipus

If we consider the story as relayed by Anthony Sanchez to be possibly true, at the very least in the metaphorical sense, then wouldn't it also be possible that the Firs which still reside on the two planets of the Sirius star system might have concerns that their cousins, the Austra Albus or perhaps their cousins, us modern day humans, might obtain the technology such that we could venture into space and, unless we had achieved certain levels of understanding about the nature of reality such that we demonstrate that we have transcended our animal based nature which could be perceived by the Firs as a threat to the reality experience of the rest of creation, that maybe they may feel compelled to take certain measures that mitigate the perceived threat?

And so what technology might they possess which could accomplish this goal if they take that decision?

If one understands the opportunities presented by celestial body alignments, then perhaps there is the capability of stimulation of electromagnetic pulses such that a blast, if generated, would have the high likelyhood of being directed to to target and, as we know, would set back the progress of the descendant races such that the perceived threat is dealt with.

To be clearer, perhaps the Firs have a "tool" (I am avoiding the word weapon here) which, if they decide to use, is best used when the celestial bodies increase the likelihood that the target objective is hit and that the rest of the celestial bodies not within the alignment might be able to escape any serious damage.

This type of tool simply requires the generation of enough power at the right time such that the possibility the sun emanates such a blast is raised.

Now, knowing enough about how consciousness works, I also believe it is possible that the degree to which this blast effects our experience here on earth may be directly proportional to how well developed we are along the simple line of collective choice... that we understand we are all just one big "us" instead of this constant us/them dynamic I see as simply ancient paradigm (perhaps this is only my hope.

Are we perceived as an Oedipus in the making? Or could "we" the entire branch of the universal/galactic family which has somehow pocketed itself in this tiny outpost in the Milky Way get over the truth of how we came to be and evolve ourselves into a healthy self identity such that the Firs might change their mind or that at least the force of such a blast may have less calamitous effects?

I have no clue where these thoughts come from. I hope they are not perceived as simply distraction as I do believe there's a valuable metaphor in the above word flow.

Enjoy the Rest of You Day... justoneman

[Rocky_Shorz]

a lot going on right now throughout the world...

the elites plans are in full swing, the world wants a peaceful Palestine, but Israel is doing everything they can to get them to attack again so Israel has a reason to restart the war...

announcement they are building 200,000 homes, stole the tax revenue of $100M they were holding for Palestine...

they are begging for rockets from Hamas

Iran isn't building a nuke, the world knows it and won't allow them to attack...

who ever expected for America, Russia and China to stand against Israel

United States needs a million man march on Washington demanding all funds be cut going to Israel, immediate financial sanctions, not 1 penny to Israel, send it to Palestine and let them dole it out to Israel.

no one understands we are under the watchful eye of ETs so advanced it is beyond our comprehension.

we are just ants in a dirt farm, and if they decide to wash down the farm to get less aggressive ones growing, they can do it in a blink of an eye.

PTB know, so why are they pushing it?

[Chester]

could they be working together? Playing good cop / bad cop? Where at the end of the day when we remove the curtain we not only discover the Wizard... but Mrs. Oz as well?

Be the change - that is the only thing we can do. Be that change. Love to you Rocky...

as for Obummer and the US congress - end it all right now - call the Russian and Chinese leadership up and tell them you are done - allllll done with it. wash your hands of the entire drama and walk away. Let the kids work out their own mess.

It would be over faster than you can say "lickety split"

Its so freaking obvious too... no wonder politicians can't see it.

Us humans... (as I shake my head)

un freaking real

no...

dickriculous

[Rocky_Shorz]

the Zionist created Palestine first, then they created Israel...

The Zionist are here for only one reason, to fulfill what was promised in the holy books...

Apocalypse and the final battle between good and evil

there is not one jew who can stop it, not one muslim...

the Zionist are not Spiritual, but religious to the point their only purpose is to make everything in the Holy Books come true... no matter who they kill...

plagues, wars between good and evil...

they are beyond the right wing, they control the military, the terrorists and the bankers...

they are the shadows beyond the shadow government...

they have become so powerful that the only way God could stop them was to send a new messenger...

someone with the Holy Spirit as a guide, the whisper of his breath can destroy cities anywhere in the world...

someone who believes every life is precious who can't stand losing even one...

someone who is going to create the Kingdom of David, and make all countries states...

someone who wants to quit, but can't...

every direction he runs, the dang footsteps reappear before him...

sighs...

[Rocky_Shorz]

he was sent to a gathering of the gifted a training center led by experts across all fields of New Age reality...

from healing to time shifts...

an earth angel headquarters...

in a world that doesn't believe in angels, around us miracles happen daily

it has become the norm...

[Rocky_Shorz]

how in the world can 1 person bring the worlds 3 monolithic religions together, when the ones in control are working to drive them apart?

the ones in control, have their own person in mind, but he isn't God knowing, and neither are they...


the ETs are here now not just watching, but assisting, the elites don't have a chance...


why would they want to destroy everything if they can't have it themselves?


Meteors... Lightning... Hurricanes, Tornado and quakes dropped on their heads...


and yet they are waiting for a sign...


dorks..

[Rocky_Shorz]

Either I've got some more "awakening" to do, or we are staring at yet another layer of the onion, not its true core.

I take the descriptions of "multiple timelines" to mean that we are in a complex, catastrophic, fractal universe in which seemingly minor willful changes, done with sufficient fore knowledge, can have dramatic affect. Thus there may appear to be a substantial diversity of potential futures (potential in so far as we might understand them), but there is (I think) but one future that will happen, as it happens.

If someone has seen further, and can explain how such "time navigation" could occur, the mechanisms, not just the analogy, I'd be interested (if I can grok it.)

I believe, after seeing into the future that it does remain the same, for me...

but I also believe, that many disastrous events need avoiding to arrive in the future I have already seen...

do others continue on timelines that I saw as dangerous and avoided?

are there people who lived through the 11.0 Japanese quake? The Mediterranean 8.9? the 10.0 African quake? The Tsunami hitting America's west coast that popped the Yellowstone super-volcano? The 5.0 Hurricane hitting New York?

Is the reason I haven't finished what I was sent for because I haven't stayed on one of the other timelines, every time we changed, it set me back waiting for an event to happen?

does it matter if I don't succeed, but we survive?

I like heading for the beach with a surfboard, walking staff and pointed hat...

the world I saw was peaceful, and cars were wind powered...

there was no gas, or oil being used...

there were no deserts...

huge green cities, surrounded by wilderness...

[Rocky_Shorz]

now many have seen or read the left behind series, where people are on a plane and suddenly all the seats are empty, including the pilots as it points rocketing towards the ground...

so for those who are time traveling, it isn't just a matter of hitting the right moment, but the right timeline also...

each timeline a separate dimension of sorts...

if you jumped forward standing on one timeline, wouldn't you land in the same?

if you jumped backwards before the timeline shift, would you land in an empty reality, or the same world and city with no people...

the combinations are infinite with 7 Billion creating this reality...

is it possible in our next timeline shift, to leave the elite behind?

all the leaders causing problems?

each shift weeding out the greedy, Imagine a banker walking out of his office, and finding an empty world... void of customers to rob...

Federal Reserve, Central Banks disappear, the new timeline State and local banks appear...

Oil men, waiting for trucks to come to pick up their liquid gold... for weeks, then months...

[Rocky_Shorz]

Observer, is there anything from those emails that you would be OK with sharing, that you think might be of interest here?
I was checking for that, most mails are kind of what we do here, but i just found a link to a nice site about anomalies like this coin on Mars.
http://www.thelivingmoon.com/43ancients/04images/Mars4/Spirit_Sol_1220_Coin/Cilp_001.png
http://www.thelivingmoon.com/43ancients/02files/Mars_Images.html

Other topics i see are; teleportation, timetravel, interaction with reptilians etc.. all kind of stuff people in such a group talk about.
Donno if i feel free to post it all here. besides i notice it is easy to waste an hour just going tru it.

what if you were on a colony in Mars, and jumped forward landing in a timeline everyone disappeared from...

coin on Mars...

was it in his pocket?

was it a Marsian Football game, the ref flipped the coin and everyone disappeared before the CME blast hit from the Sun? except the coin...

[Observer1964]

I personally believe the history described in the Terra Papers to be close to the truth.

Lord King ZU-ZU (zeus) was told that a diplomatic entourage was on its way to his solar system Kingdom. By the time he was to learn of the trickery, it would be too late. Cloaked and in silence, the armada of Warships arrived at the outer edge of the ARIDU system before they were detected. This mistake would prove to be fatal to the King and his young Empire.

The battle was quick and decisive.

The invasion forces poured into the solar system. IKIKI and DEH forces of AR-ZU were overwhelmed by the sheer number of ASA-RRR and ARI-AN warships. In short time, the invasion forces surrounded the War Planet. But the orders of attack, issued by King AN-U, did not allow for prisoners, DAK-MU (Mars) was to suffer total annihilation.

The Starfighters were furious in their decimation of everything on the surface of DAK-MU. The fireballs created by the missile strikes reduced everything, including stone buildings, to cinders and ash. Final strikes with the destructive beams of light and the searing heat beams vaporized everything that remained. What was not blown apart, was burned and melted beyond recognition.

King ZU-ZU was captured and subdued, sentenced to return to the SIRIAN Star system for punishment. All rebel warrior forces of King ZU-ZU were summarily executed, as were loyal, faithful followers. The entirety of the empire's population would be brutally and cruelly punished... guilty or not.

The War Planet's surface was obliterated. All traces of life under King ZU-ZU were destroyed. Cities were leveled, forests destroyed. The beauty of the planet and its civilization was no more. All forms of life were destroyed. With no animals or plants to feed its atmosphere, the once living and thriving planet died. Only its red sands remained. The blood red dust became a fitting memorial to the bloodshed of the Solar System War in which billions perished.

Great Lord King AN-U was relieved. The Evil One, rebel King ZU-ZU was vanquished. The Hand of the ASA-RRR was once again restored to the Ninth Passageway, and the realm of the ARI-AN (Orion) SSS-T Queens was strengthened once again.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_63.htm

[OnyxKnight]

^ Not quite.

[Mr. Metazoan]

This is my first post and my first forum... Thanks for having me!

Fantastic post. As far as them trashing our planet, I believe that they are also trashing us through the foods we consume giving the Elite our money through health insurance. America has higher disease rates than other countries. Autism for example has a ratio of 1:88 per capita in the US but in 3rd world countries where they are subjected to the same global issues but have no imports have a ratio of 1:10,000. Smaller countries like Venezuela which have an established government and imported foods rank in at 1:1,000....

In regards to an "abandoned' planet we must remember that we are star dust(golden), billion year old carbon and our planet cycles just like the rest of the universe. As climate change continues the possibility of an ice age is imminent. If/when it occurs life as we know it will change. The majority of our planet could again become uninhabitable and worse case scenario we could be wiped out until our atmosphere repairs itself and our ecosystem again becomes balanced. But hey, if we've survived 200 million years another ice age won't kill us, right? :p


I need to work on a signature...maybe something from Pythagoras or Heraclitus regarding beans, the government and health. Benjamin Franklin was known for one who might 'spill the beans'.

[coccinelle]

"An Ark on the Moon" makes me remember what I have read about that. Bush has found an important clue according to him, based on the bible, it's about Ararat mount, on the moon, it's like a boat. I add that this clue is mentionned in the coran, but I can't say more. I think there's a sourat about a boat. anyway, the bible is more important for Bush and this clue may be interesting.

[Jeffrey]

b1h6q6ONblk

It should start at around 41 minutes.

[Jeffrey]

Let's dissect it folks. Nothing to fear, but it's best to be informed and prepared. More and more are coming out of the wood work. There is a lot of corroborating data sets from different people. Even when you sift/pick through it there is still enough to make you wonder.

Nobody is asking anyone to believe it one way or another; but to think about it and reflect on what you may need to do to be prepared in such a situation.

Don't be scared, there's nothing wrong with being prepared. It instills strength. Hope for the best.

Icab959Y8rw

[Jeffrey]

Here's the data sets. Their track records aren't perfect, what is nearly perfect is what they agree on regarding this event (yes, even NASA, see article below).


NASA

Ed Dames

Courtney Brown

Clif High

They all agree on a time frame which is around the summer of this year (2013). It seems that it relates to a geophysical event caused by our sun. This may coincide with celestial bodies in our neighborhood and/or other space weather phenomena.

Ed Dames is known as Dr. Doom and he has admitted that he is trying to scare people to wake them up to prepare for the worst. That being said, his predictions are often dire. Yet, his track record has been fairly accurate, excusing the degree of severity he predicted.

There is no exact time. There may be signaling events though. Ed Dames said one of the last events to happen before the major event was that some sort of space shuttle-like ship would be brought down by something like space debris (or a meteor shower of some sort).

This solar event may be a plasmic one (again, possibly related to the sun's response/interaction with celestial bodies in our neighborhood).

We have these data sets regarding celestial bodies, space weather, and plasma cosmology (which link with the previous ones regarding this event).


Anthony L. Peratt

Dr. Paul LaViolette

Susan Joy Rennison

Stan Deyo

Alex Collier

The "elites" may be planning to leave the planet, or hunker down in enormous underground bunkers. These interesting data sets comes from a few different people (as mentioned in the OP).


Dutch

Victor

Dan Burisch

George Green

Charles

William Cooper


It's not about any one of these individuals, it's about the overall pattern that emerges when the common denominator is analyzed.

¤=[Post Update]=¤

-0DYD11ihZo



Susan Joy Rennison on Red Ice Radio (December 20th, 2012): http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2012/12/RIR-121220.php

[Yvonne]

Thank you Bill! I don't mean to come off as flippant at all, as I believe this to be a serious matter. That being said.......if they are planning to leave, then GOOD RIDDANCE! If they are planning to go underground, then with any luck, the Earth changes will crush them and swallow them up forever, leaving those they have oppressed and enslaved above ground to finally live free from the chains of the Elite.

[Jeffrey]

The following article is from 2010 (the reference in post #847).

--------------------

Nasa warns solar flares from 'huge space storm' will cause devastation

National power grids could overheat and air travel severely disrupted while electronic items, navigation devices and major satellites could stop working after the Sun reaches its maximum power in a few years.

Senior space agency scientists believe the Earth will be hit with unprecedented levels of magnetic energy from solar flares after the Sun wakes “from a deep slumber” sometime around 2013, The Daily Telegraph can disclose.

In a new warning, Nasa said the super storm would hit like “a bolt of lightning” and could cause catastrophic consequences for the world’s health, emergency services and national security unless precautions are taken.

Scientists believe it could damage everything from emergency services’ systems, hospital equipment, banking systems and air traffic control devices, through to “everyday” items such as home computers, iPods and Sat Navs.

Due to humans’ heavy reliance on electronic devices, which are sensitive to magnetic energy, the storm could leave a multi-billion pound damage bill and “potentially devastating” problems for governments.

“We know it is coming but we don’t know how bad it is going to be,” Dr Richard Fisher, the director of Nasa's Heliophysics division, said in an interview with The Daily Telegraph.

[...]

“If you know that a hazard is coming … and you have time enough to prepare and take precautions, then you can avoid trouble,” he added.

His division, a department of the Science Mission Directorate at Nasa headquarters in Washington DC, which investigates the Sun’s influence on the earth, uses dozens of satellites to study the threat.

The government has said it was aware of the threat and “contingency plans were in place” to cope with the fall out from such a storm.

Source: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/science/space/7819201/Nasa-warns-solar-flares-from-huge-space-storm-will-cause-devastation.html

--------------------

See also: Sun's 2013 Solar Storm Peak Expected to Hit Century Low (http://www.livescience.com/26005-sun-solar-space-weather-2013.html)

Ed Dames would say that it's the calm before the storm...

[Jeffrey]

EXCERPT

--------------------

WORLD FORUM ON NATURAL CATACLYSMS HAS FINISHED ITS WORK

The world forum on the subject “Natural cataclysms and global problems of modern civilization” held in the Istanbul Lutfi Kirdar Congress Center on 19-21 September 2011 has finished its work. We have asked the Chairman of the World Forum, Chairman of the International Committee on Global Geological and Environment Change GEOCHANGE (Germany) Professor Elchin Khalilov to comment on the forum’s results.

[Excerpt from Prof. Dr. Elchin Khalilov]

The growth dynamics of the 24th 11-years cycle of solar activity from 2011 has begun to considerably exceed the forecasted estimates made by NASA in 2009 but are completely in line with the forecasts given by the International Committee (IC) GEOCHANGE in its report of June 2010. The increase in the number and energy of earthquakes and volcano eruptions which began in 2010 completely corresponds to the long-term prediction graphs given in the GEOCHANGE report. I would like to remind that according to IC GEOCHANGE forecasts, the peak values in the number and energy of natural cataclysms fall within the years of 2013-2014.

Changes in the geophysical parameters of the Earth, in particular, the five-fold acceleration of the drift of the North Magnetic pole, changes in the form and geometric parameters of the Earth, variations of its angular rotation velocity and axial inclination, displacement of the center of the masses and global irregular fluctuations of the oceans’ level indicate the beginning of the so-called “global energy leap” on our planet and in the Solar system in general. Therefore, scientists of different countries should combine their efforts in order to inform the world community, influential international organizations including the UN, UNESCO, European Commission, heads of state and parliaments of the true state of affairs as to the changes in natural environment and their possible technogeneous, economic and social consequences.

Full interview here: http://arknow.net/arkblog/Halberg/post/130

[Chester]

All this has me pretty scared to be honest. I mean, if I did not have children or my wife and others who are close and whom I love, I probably wouldn't care too much... but I also know 100% for sure that I would be in Ecuador knowing there's good folks there from my culture and that if folks are at a higher elevation, the odds of making it through are much higher.

But I have to be in Texas for my son as his life is important to me just in case these predictions don't happen after all.

[SilentFeathers]

Here's the data sets. Their track records aren't perfect, what is nearly perfect is what they agree on regarding this event (yes, even NASA, see article below).


NASA

Ed Dames

Courtney Brown

Clif High

They all agree on a time frame which is around the summer of this year (2013). It seems that it relates to a geophysical event caused by our sun. This may coincide with celestial bodies in our neighborhood and/or other space weather phenomena.

96npMaX2_3M

[RMorgan]

Nasa warns solar flares from 'huge space storm' will cause devastation

National power grids could overheat and air travel severely disrupted while electronic items, navigation devices and major satellites could stop working after the Sun reaches its maximum power in a few years.

Senior space agency scientists believe the Earth will be hit with unprecedented levels of magnetic energy from solar flares after the Sun wakes “from a deep slumber” sometime around 2013, The Daily Telegraph can disclose.

In a new warning, Nasa said the super storm would hit like “a bolt of lightning” and could cause catastrophic consequences for the world’s health, emergency services and national security unless precautions are taken.

Scientists believe it could damage everything from emergency services’ systems, hospital equipment, banking systems and air traffic control devices, through to “everyday” items such as home computers, iPods and Sat Navs.

Due to humans’ heavy reliance on electronic devices, which are sensitive to magnetic energy, the storm could leave a multi-billion pound damage bill and “potentially devastating” problems for governments.

“We know it is coming but we don’t know how bad it is going to be,” Dr Richard Fisher, the director of Nasa's Heliophysics division, said in an interview with The Daily Telegraph.

[...]

“If you know that a hazard is coming … and you have time enough to prepare and take precautions, then you can avoid trouble,” he added.

.

Hey Vivek,

We also know that such EMP effect could be caused artificially, by detonating properly calibrated nuclear devices in strategic locations about 40/50 Km above sea level, causing the so called Compton effect.

So, a false flag solar storm is relatively easy to fabricate.

Raf.

[Jeffrey]

Hey Vivek,

We also know that such EMP effect could be caused artificially, by detonating properly calibrated nuclear devices in strategic locations about 40/50 Km above sea level, causing the so called Compton effect.

So, a false flag solar storm is relatively easy to fabricate.

Raf.

Hmmm ... false flag CME? I wonder about asteroids?

That all reminds of what Carol Rosin said about excuses to build space based weapons.

xKbQ-7nM9dM

What's concerning is that Clif High, Ed Dames, and Courtney Brown all agree on some event happening regarding geophysical changes initiated by something in space (solar/space weather). Which is corroborated by NASA (among others in post #847).

[SilentFeathers]

Space based weapons IMO is just another form of arms race....the country that dominates this arena with the most advanced weapons wins so to speak. I doubt if these people are very concerned about having the main intention of these weapons to protect us useless eaters from asteroids.

I'm about sure that if an asteroid was going to hit CERN or another strategetic military installation that we would miraculously see the asteroid change course and probably be told space wind from the sun magically turned it away from earth.....but if an asteroid was going to hit a city of useless eaters these creeps wouldn't even be concerned nor tell anyone about it....if ametuer astronomers noticed it NASA would say it will miss the earth and when it did hit NASA would just say "whoops".

[Ron Mauer Sr]

Perhaps we have some time left to stock up on rice, beans, dehydrated food (http://ronmauer.net/blog/?page_id=736), canned food, lots of spices to prevent food fatigue, water filters (http://ronmauer.net/blog/?page_id=178) and firewood. Don't forget an inexpensive sawdust toilet (http://ronmauer.net/blog/?page_id=216), if you have food stored. If you are without food, of course, you can skip the toilet.

If we get a financial collapse, asteroid strikes or food riots, a little preparation can make life a lot more comfortable.

City dwellers have a big but very short term(inal) problem if they have not made arrangements with family or friends in the country. Don't show up suddenly without food and other previously discussed plans. Those who hesitate leaving may never get out with their currently occupied physical vehicle.

If you fail to plan you plan to fail. An exception would be if one plans to leave this reality for another. But even that plan requires some preparation to make a comfortable transition.

Preparation does not need to be an expensive process. (http://ronmauer.net/blog/?page_id=2868) Everyone can do at least one more thing.

[Jeffrey]

See also: Sun's 2013 Solar Storm Peak Expected to Hit Century Low (http://www.livescience.com/26005-sun-solar-space-weather-2013.html)

Ed Dames would say that it's the calm before the storm...

---------------

The calm before the solar storm? NASA warns 'something unexpected is happening to the Sun'

By MARK PRIGG | PUBLISHED: 11:54 EST, 8 March 2013

'Something unexpected' is happening on the Sun, Nasa has warned.

This year was supposed to be the year of 'solar maximum,' the peak of the 11-year sunspot cycle.

But as this image reveals, solar activity is relatively low.

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/03/08/article-0-18857F98000005DC-277_634x633.jpg

'Sunspot numbers are well below their values from 2011, and strong solar flares have been infrequent,' the space agency says.

The image above shows the Earth-facing surface of the Sun on February 28, 2013, as observed by the Helioseismic and Magnetic Imager (HMI) on NASA's Solar Dynamics Observatory.

It observed just a few small sunspots on an otherwise clean face, which is usually riddled with many spots during peak solar activity.

Experts have been baffled by the apparent lack of activity - with many wondering if NASA simply got it wrong.

However, Solar physicist Dean Pesnell of NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center believes he has a different explanation.

'This is solar maximum,' he says.

'But it looks different from what we expected because it is double-peaked.'

'The last two solar maxima, around 1989 and 2001, had not one but two peaks.'

Solar activity went up, dipped, then rose again, performing a mini-cycle that lasted about two years, he said.

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/03/08/article-0-1885C54E000005DC-549_634x632.jpg

The same thing could be happening now, as sunspot counts jumped in 2011 and dipped in 2012, he believes.

Pesnell expects them to rebound in 2013: 'I am comfortable in saying that another peak will happen in 2013 and possibly last into 2014.'

He spotted a similarity between Solar Cycle 24 and Solar Cycle 14, which had a double-peak during the first decade of the 20th century.

If the two cycles are twins, 'it would mean one peak in late 2013 and another in 2015'.

---------------

Source: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2290289/NASA-warns-unexpected-happening-Sun-year-supposed-peak-sunspot-cycle.html

See also: http://www.foxnews.com/science/2013/03/06/sun-weather-cycle-may-have-second-peak-this-year/

[Wind]

This is a highly important video concerning the solar threat, that's why I'm constantly following the Sun. Not scared, just interested.

X0KJ_dxp170

[Jeffrey]

-----------

North Korea orders rockets on standby

CBS/AP/ March 28, 2013, 8:20 PM


http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-202_162-57576920/north-korea-orders-rockets-on-standby-following-u.s-b-2-drill/

nVQIEGO4VLE

[Jeffrey]

-----------

As of a few hours ago ...

5oYafIcW2S0

North Korea says to enter "state of war" against South Korea: KCNA (http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/03/30/us-korea-north-war-idUSBRE92T00020130330)


"From this time on, the North-South relations will be entering the state of war and all issues raised between the North and the South will be handled accordingly," a statement carried by the North's official KCNA news agency said.

[Sirius White]

What is causing massive disturbances in our area of the solar system? Very simple.......it is an object that has been discussed by mountains of disinformation on the internet, one in which NASA admitted to its existence in the 80's and one which topic itself invites ridicule, disinformation, and in the case of genuine astronomical research- death/discrediting. The increase of asteroids/comets is one of MANY signs.....

This object has been the "ace in the hole" for certain factions who expect it to do the work for them in regards to what we like to call "de-population." They have been preparing for it for over 60 years if not longer. It affects the sun as it affects our planet and the planets around us. Facts? Proof? Good luck with that! And to people who think amateur astronomers will see it! Yes and no. But it is of priority 1 to conceal. Which means anything from Chemtrails, to outright censorship of internet sites among other things.

The "time loop" thing mentioned by others is spot on.....from what I understand...the true knowledge of this, how it works, how to break it among other things- will pretty much end up in death when it comes to the subject. And IMO, it is not at all how was described in that long article.

The only means and methods of advanced technology are not IMO, just from supposed "time travel" but also agreements with off-world cultures, and crash retrieval on our end.

[Wind]

It's good to be prepared, but without fear.

npw-Az-5QLs

[Jeffrey]

I'm starting to think the US wants this war to happen.

-----------

http://ei.marketwatch.com/Multimedia/2013/03/31/Photos/MG/MW-BA975_F_22_K_20130331110531_MG.jpg?uuid=76057478-9a14-11e2-a906-002128040cf6

U.S. deploys stealth fighter jets to South Korea (http://www.cnn.com/2013/03/31/world/asia/us-korea-f-22s/index.html)

U.S. flexes muscle after N. Korea provocation

North Korean secrecy on bomb test fuels speculation on nuclear advances (http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/north-korean-secrecy-on-bomb-test-fuels-speculation-on-nuclear-advances/2013/03/31/f46bda44-98ae-11e2-b68f-dc5c4b47e519_story.html)

[Freed Fox]

I'm starting to think the US wants this war to happen.


I heard a theory recently that goes right along with this sentiment. Granted, not quite as substantiated but somewhat logical...

Apparently, Kim Jong Un has something of a fascination with Hollywood action films. Well, there was a film released very recently titled "Olympus Has Fallen". This film depicts a WWIII-type scenario which unfolds, and involves the destruction of Washington D.C. The perpetrator of this attack, in the film, is none other than North Korea. It was postulated that this film could be the 'straw that breaks the candle's back', so to speak, to incite/inspire Kim Jong Un to attempt such a feat and topple the giant of which he is clearly in contempt.

Now, I know the government would not rely solely upon a film to accomplish this, but it makes sense to me that this could be a part of the overall strategy (the bulk of which including Vivek's links above). Perhaps after the public outcry/inquiry regarding the falsified invasion of Iraq (no matter what they say now, they originally claimed it was all about WMDs and a threat to the U.S.), they have learned to try and take a different approach, by goading the other side and refraining from making the first strike.

[Flash]

you bet Vivek, they could not start with Iran, they will try Korea. There seem to be provocation right now. On the other hand, North Korea always show a strong appearance and may have to be counteracted officially. Furthermore, North Korea is very much linked with China, so I wonder what is beneath those arrogant stances.

[Jeffrey]

you bet Vivek, they could not start with Iran, they will try Korea. There seem to be provocation right now. On the other hand, North Korea always show a strong appearance and may have to be counteracted officially. Furthermore, North Korea is very much linked with China, so I wonder what is beneath those arrogant stances.

I'm going to cross post this here.

-----------

I am an optimist, sometimes I'm even quixotic, but I'm also a realist. So let me set idealism aside for a sec.

I think the situation in North Korea is now causally tangled with the situation between Israel and Iran. The US is in the middle of all of it too.

Netanyahu is as adamant about Iran not developing a nuclear arsenal as Kim Jong-Un is about keeping his.

If war breaks out in North Korea and DPRK uses a nuclear weapon on the South, Israel could lose it.

Israel probably views the DPRK as Iran. The US is in a bind here because if they can't stop DPRK from developing and using nuclear weapons, then what does that say about the ability of the US to deter Iran from doing the same thing?

The situation between Israel and Iran could escalate very quickly if North Korea uses their nukes.

There are rumors that Obama has given Israel the "green light" to take out Iran's nuclear facilities, and the US will likely supply them with weapons in this case. I just don't see how we couldn't get directly involved.

Pyongyang is pumped full of pride and diginity. Does the world not think that the world's news doesn't get read by North Korea?

Everybody is playing it down, "oh, those crazy North Koreans won't to anything, they're all talk. They just want money, or to set up new negotiations with the US. They have nukes, how cute. They better stop with all this bellicose rhetoric or they will get spanked."

This kind of reporting is only inflaming their anger. It's a whole different ball game. Kim Jong-Un is not like his father was, and they are nuclear capable now. They are getting angrier by the day. This whole thing with Korea is hanging by a thread, and that thread is in Kaesong.

The only negotiation the North will accept from the US is if it withdraws it's troops from the South and leaves their (DPRK) nuclear program alone. This isn't going to happen. Especially with Israel watching.

People aren't concerned about losing a war with North Korea (I don't think it would be as "easy" as they think). There is a much bigger picture though.

Firstly, if Korea goes to war many people will die. Especially if Seoul takes a major hit.

Secondly, if DPRK uses a nuke, this will fuel the fire in the middle-east.

Lastly, it will have dire economic repercussions. The global financial system is already teetering. South Korea has the 4th largest economy in Asia, and 12th in the world.

It's demise would have major consequences across all of the above areas.

Japan? They are depreciating their currency in a controlled manner. What happens if their grip slips? In less than a week they will announce and enact new QE plans which will drive the value of the yen even further down (this alone will add to the likelihood of an all out currency war). That's just Japan. There's also an economic situation in the US, Europe, and China (housing bubble).

A war breaking out in the Pacific is bad news. It would catalyze the potential for war between Israel and Iran. It could also have economic effects and if those effects lead to a global depression more war would break out. Civil unrest.

Real talk y'all, pray.

-----------

Flash, I honestly don't know if China will get, or is, involved. I think they are already trying to distance themselves from DPRK, I mean, they are enforcing these UN sanctions and have already cut the shipments of crude oil to the North.

Then again, I don't think the government of China has US interest at heart either. It's probably a mixed bag. Regardless, as it stands right now, if the US offensively sets foot in North Korea then China is obligated to step in.

China and Russia, as of late, have been conducting military exercises because of recent events with Korea and the US.

Just throwing that out there. Things are escalating quickly. I really hope this doesn't happen, but it looks as if both sides want it. It's insanity.

[Jeffrey]

I'm starting to think the US wants this war to happen.


I heard a theory recently that goes right along with this sentiment. Granted, not quite as substantiated but somewhat logical...

Apparently, Kim Jong Un has something of a fascination with Hollywood action films. Well, there was a film released very recently titled "Olympus Has Fallen". This film depicts a WWIII-type scenario which unfolds, and involves the destruction of Washington D.C. The perpetrator of this attack, in the film, is none other than North Korea. It was postulated that this film could be the 'straw that breaks the candle's back', so to speak, to incite/inspire Kim Jong Un to attempt such a feat and topple the giant of which he is clearly in contempt.

Now, I know the government would not rely solely upon a film to accomplish this, but it makes sense to me that this could be a part of the overall strategy (the bulk of which including Vivek's links above). Perhaps after the public outcry/inquiry regarding the falsified invasion of Iraq (no matter what they say now, they originally claimed it was all about WMDs and a threat to the U.S.), they have learned to try and take a different approach, by goading the other side and refraining from making the first strike.

The recent film "Red Dawn" depicted China invading the US -- at first.

China voiced concern over this and the producers changed the invaders to, get this, North Korea.


In a remake of the Cold War film "Red Dawn," the North Koreans invade Washington state. The enemy of choice was China, but producers say that was too much of a hot potato.

Source: http://seattletimes.com/html/localnews/2019744256_sarah23.html

I have a feeling some US intelligence agency may have had a hand in this movie.

I'm surprised Ben Affleck wasn't in it.

[SilentFeathers]

Although things could spiral out of control with N. Korea, I'm still thinking this is a distraction and slight of hand trick being done through Russia/China.

This is all too public and propaganda like; I seen an article this morning with pics of Kim Jong Un in his war room and there were vivid maps with strike zones hanging on the walls etc etc....this is way too Hollywood and only a complete idiot would lay out his "war plans" for all to see.

For some reason the media propaganda machine wants all eyes on N. Korea....that's a tell tale sign something major is going on somewhere else. (IMO)

(Three Stooges Strategy) Usually when TPTB are slapping you with one hand, the other hand is covertly about to club ya with a big stick from behind....

Larry (Russia)
Mo (China)
Curly (N. Korea)

While Curly is spinning around on the floor keeping everyone occupied and entertained, Larry and Mo are likely the ones we really need to be watching closer.

[CD7]

Although things could spiral out of control with N. Korea, I'm still thinking this is a distraction and slight of hand trick being done through Russia/China.

This is all too public and propaganda like; I seen an article this morning with pics of Kim Jong Un in his war room and there were vivid maps with strike zones hanging on the walls etc etc....this is way too Hollywood and only a complete idiot would lay out his "war plans" for all to see.

For some reason the media propaganda machine wants all eyes on N. Korea....that's a tell tale sign something major is going on somewhere else. (IMO)

(Three Stooges Strategy) Usually when TPTB are slapping you with one hand, the other hand is covertly about to club ya with a big stick from behind....

Larry (Russia)
Mo (China)
Curly (N. Korea)

While Curly is spinning around on the floor keeping everyone occupied and entertained, Larry and Mo are likely the ones we really need to be watching closer.



Yes silent feathers i hear u loud and clear...its a trip watching news footage like u say, he's always around his soldiers, shooting off his war machines. Its so staged The pecking fear is passed out in small doses daily reminding everyone how its on the edge and could happen soon.....

Im so tired of these mindless games.....boys with toys, manipulators inbetween the ears making sure the flames are ignited...impending doom to some poor community....

if it all could be wrapped up oh so tightly, bound and sent barreling back to sender...if only

[Jeffrey]

Yes silent feathers i hear u loud and clear...its a trip watching news footage like u say, he's always around his soldiers, shooting off his war machines. Its so staged The pecking fear is passed out in small doses daily reminding everyone how its on the edge and could happen soon.....


This is all too public and propaganda like; I seen an article this morning with pics of Kim Jong Un in his war room and there were vivid maps with strike zones hanging on the walls etc etc....this is way too Hollywood and only a complete idiot would lay out his "war plans" for all to see.

I think many people have become desensitized to the "hysteria", and maybe that's justified. Again, I'm not hyping anything, I'm looking at this realistically.

North Korea has demonstrated recently that they're more hysteric right now than any media outlet.

North Korea has a "Songun", or "military first" policy. They really want the world to recognize and respect their nuclear capabilities. Kim Jong-Un also wants the people of North Korea to recognize and respect his power and capability as a leader. Considering the previous three sentences, superfluous propaganda is to be expected. All of the propaganda coming out of DPRK reflects this. That doesn't mean it's staged. They have nuclear weapons. I don't think it should be brushed aside.

Kim Jong-Un is also digging himself into a hole here. North Korea has talked themselves up to a point where there are few options left but for them to follow through. They have left little options for negotiations that wouldn't leave them eating their words. Consider this alongside this man's enormous pride and ego. Pyongyang has an enormous and fragile sense of dignity. I hope things calm down this week.

[SilentFeathers]

Yes silent feathers i hear u loud and clear...its a trip watching news footage like u say, he's always around his soldiers, shooting off his war machines. Its so staged The pecking fear is passed out in small doses daily reminding everyone how its on the edge and could happen soon.....


This is all too public and propaganda like; I seen an article this morning with pics of Kim Jong Un in his war room and there were vivid maps with strike zones hanging on the walls etc etc....this is way too Hollywood and only a complete idiot would lay out his "war plans" for all to see.

I think many people have become desensitized to the "hysteria", and maybe that's justified. Again, I'm not hyping anything, I'm looking at this realistically.

North Korea has demonstrated recently that they're more hysteric right now than any media outlet.

North Korea has a "Songun", or "military first" policy. They really want the world to recognize and respect their nuclear capabilities. Kim Jong-Un also wants the people of North Korea to recognize and respect his power and capability as a leader. Considering the previous three sentences, superfluous propaganda is to be expected. All of the propaganda coming out of DPRK reflects this. That doesn't mean it's staged. They have nuclear weapons. I don't think it should be brushed aside.

Kim Jong-Un is also digging himself into a hole here. North Korea has talked themselves up to a point where there are few options left but for them to follow through. They have left little options for negotiations that wouldn't leave them eating their words. Consider this alongside this man's enormous pride and ego. Pyongyang has an enormous and fragile sense of dignity. I hope things calm down this week.

I don't think your hyping anything Vivek, you could very well be spot on, especially considering now N. Korea is in a position to "save face" so to speak....

Some one's likely to make a major mistake or an intended move soon if it doesn't calm down....

I seriously think though that this is a joint effort....Russia/China would have a bit more leverage in the middle east if we were bogged down on a war front and had a large amount of our hardware in the Korea's. It would weaken Israel too IMO if we were forced into a Korean conflict.....

Either way, it's not good with what's going on there right now. This is really bad, like you say, hopefully it will calm down a bit this week...

[Jeffrey]

I seriously think though that this is a joint effort....Russia/China would have a bit more leverage in the middle east if we were bogged down on a war front and had a large amount of our hardware in the Korea's. It would weaken Israel too IMO if we were forced into a Korean conflict.....

Completely agree. I think Israel would feel more vulnerable. I also could see how Russia/China may try and turn this negative into a positive for them in the long run. The war fronts and economic aspects are inextricably tied together and compound the leverage they could gain from this.

[SilentFeathers]

I seriously think though that this is a joint effort....Russia/China would have a bit more leverage in the middle east if we were bogged down on a war front and had a large amount of our hardware in the Korea's. It would weaken Israel too IMO if we were forced into a Korean conflict.....

Completely agree. I think Israel would feel more vulnerable. I also could see how Russia/China may try and turn this negative into a positive for them in the long run. The war fronts and economic aspects are inextricably tied together and compound the leverage they could gain from this.

It's also quite bizarre to note that in the middle of all this Kim Jung Un was listening to rock and roll and shooting hoops with Dennis Rodman for a few days!

[Jeffrey]

----------

North Korea expands nuclear weapons program (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-21995224)
1 April 2013 Last updated at 12:15 ET


North Korea's parliament has endorsed plans to give nuclear weapons greater prominence in the country's defences.

[Dennis Leahy]

...(Three Stooges Strategy) Usually when TPTB are slapping you with one hand, the other hand is covertly about to club ya with a big stick from behind....

Larry (Russia)
Mo (China)
Curly (N. Korea)

While Curly is spinning around on the floor keeping everyone occupied and entertained, Larry and Mo are likely the ones we really need to be watching closer.
Silentfeathers, you got me to literally laugh out loud with this. Thanks! (Oh, and I concur. I actually think all the saber-rattling is to distract us all from the international bankers' strategic crimes.)

Dennis

[SilentFeathers]

https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/-9bkw2opZduM/UVnL7Z9anHI/AAAAAAAAEHI/Bw2ZvzeC8_I/s496/iceberg.jpg

[CD7]

think many people have become desensitized to the "hysteria", and maybe that's justified. Again, I'm not hyping anything, I'm looking at this realistically.

North Korea has demonstrated recently that they're more hysteric right now than any media outlet.

North Korea has a "Songun", or "military first" policy. They really want the world to recognize and respect their nuclear capabilities. Kim Jong-Un also wants the people of North Korea to recognize and respect his power and capability as a leader. Considering the previous three sentences, superfluous propaganda is to be expected. All of the propaganda coming out of DPRK reflects this. That doesn't mean it's staged. They have nuclear weapons. I don't think it should be brushed aside.

Kim Jong-Un is also digging himself into a hole here. North Korea has talked themselves up to a point where there are few options left but for them to follow through. They have left little options for negotiations that wouldn't leave them eating their words. Consider this alongside this man's enormous pride and ego. Pyongyang has an enormous and fragile sense of dignity. I hope things calm down this week.


I had a thought tht this post could b taken in this direction...I do not doubt tht this scenario exists in the political arena or tht such things cannot happen...

It is the overall set up of the whole charade...The propaganda....The script....THE HOLOGRAM.

It is frustrating to see the puppeteers attempt to steer the "risk game" into such a destructive direction---not so much tht it isnt happening out there

To have death held over one's head time and time again is a sick game in itself---PSTD syndrome is very much apart of the dialectic of this place (meaning world)..always on edge, in anxiety, taunting the time they actually do something.................

[SilentFeathers]

China’s military maintains a long-standing defense treaty with the North that obligates China to defend North Korea in the event it is attacked.

China mobilizing troops, jets near Korea
http://freebeacon.com/border-patrol/

BTW:

April 1, 2013, 5:54 a.m. ET
China Yuan Hits Record High Against the Dollar
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323296504578396012452964432.html

[Chester]

North Korea has a napoleon complex, its ego is still bruised from 60 years ago and when you have a family dictatorship you get this.

If the PTBs wanted WWIII for real, we would have seen it long, long ago.

This is all just the movie (distraction) that seems to be coming from the digital overlay (IMO) which may simply be an AI renegade program or a software implemented by a sadly demented psychopath (or group of psychopaths) who have developed this "program" to interface with the "innocent" mind (these psychopaths also known as archons or top level minions of the archons).

If there be something more (meaning better) that's what I strive to rest in and emulate in hopes others benefit.

If "they" want to destroy Earth or kill off most of humanity or keep Earth bound humanity distracted so they can suck on our soul essence, seems all an individual can do is to "get clear" and get to the state their spirit does not have to return to this "mad zone" if it doesn't want to.

Even more sadly to me, it seems each individual only can strive to do this for themselves and yes, hold out a hand, but never expect anyone else to take that hand and most importantly, never force someone to.

I learned all this through the Avalon Forum. I am at peace today.

[wegge]

My mother was readings the newspaper today and got really hyped up about the North Korea thing and talked about it to me. My Cat then went from me, sitting on the couch, to the table my mother sat at. She got up the table, stood for a few seconds on the newspaper, farted and went away :)

[Jeffrey]

---------------

S. Korean workers' departure to Kaesong complex delayed

SEOUL, April 3 (Yonhap) -- South Korean workers' departure to an inter-Korean industrial complex in North Korea's Kaesong was being delayed on Wednesday, as the North has yet to give approval to their cross-border trip, officials here said.

Source: http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr/news/2013/04/03/99/0200000000AEN20130403002300315F.HTML

See also: http://www.channelnewsasia.com/news/asiapacific/afp_asiapacific/n-korea-delays-s-korea-entry-to-kaesong-industrial-park/625330.html

---------------

North Korea delays access to Kaesong industrial zone

North Korea has delayed the daily opening of its Kaesong industrial zone with South Korea in a move that could represent a sharp escalation of tensions between the two countries and potentially trap hundreds of South Koreans in the North.

Source: http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/04/03/us-korea-north-complex-idUSBRE93200F20130403

---------------

This is the last thread, the Kaesong complex.

See also: http://m.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-22011207

[Chester]

Nothing will happen there - it will blow over in a week or so at most.

[Ron Mauer Sr]

Nothing will happen there - it will blow over in a week or so at most.

You can bet that this is just a distraction to divert attention from something the PTB do not want us to look at. Maybe it's debt, government/bank corruption, collapsing financial derivatives and banks stealing depositor's money.

[Jeffrey]

WWeFyuZIT2I

[Flash]

its is doubling cerns size maybe with billions of our money

[sygh]

Interesting, the way the world is set up, isn't it. Our hard work is taken in the form of money and then morphed by others into things and ways we don't agree with, and many times its used against us. Maybe the ultimate hypothesis is no hypothesis at all.

[Rocky_Shorz]

I was going to drop this in the 33 thread but just noticed the section is gone so I'll toss it in here until I figure out where it went...

sounds like one of the factions is still hell bent on moving the insanity forward...


for me, the first post on the page of Fulford's thread was...





"...We really did have a group of people in the West who were planning on killing 5 billion people. The evidence was there and the people of the planet rose up in rebellion and disgust and now these people are being removed from power one block at a time, and were almost there... we still have a horrific regime in the United States that we have to do something about but that's going to have to something about but you know, that's going to happen..." - Benjamin Fulford Alt mediatv interview...


I finished the page with this info...

Human transmission of the Bird flu has started in Asia...

sounds like "did", might be wishful thinking...


Two people in China have died after being infected with H7N9 avian influenza - a sub-type that had not previously been transmitted to humans - the government said Sunday. An 87-year-old man in Shanghai fell ill on February 19 and died on March 4, while a man aged 27 in the city got sick on February 27 and died on March 10, the National Health and Family Planning Commission said on its website. A 35-year-old woman in the eastern province of Anhui became ill on March 9 and is in critical condition, it said. All three initially suffered fever and coughs but later developed severe pneumonia and problems with breathing, according to the announcement. The three cases were confirmed Saturday to be infections with the H7N9 sub-strain after the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Preservation had separated it from body samples the day before, the commission said. The route of infection remained unknown although nothing unusual was detected among 88 people close to the victims, the commission said. The H7N9 strain had not been transmitted to humans before, it added. In a separate release, the commission said there are currently no vaccines against H7N9. China is considered one of the nations most at risk from bird flu because it has the world's biggest poultry population and many chickens in rural areas are kept close to humans. China has in the past been accused of covering up the extent of bird flu outbreaks, exacerbating fears when new cases are reported.

link (http://hisz.rsoe.hu/alertmap/site/?pageid=event_desc&edis_id=BH-20130331-38689-CHN)

H7N9 (highly pathogenic avian influenza (new subtype) - human infection)
Biohazard level: 3/4 Hight
Biohazard desc.: Bacteria and viruses that can cause severe to fatal disease in humans, but for which vaccines or other treatments exist, such as anthrax, West Nile virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis, SARS virus, variola virus (smallpox), tuberculosis, typhus, Rift Valley fever, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, yellow fever, and malaria. Among parasites Plasmodium falciparum, which causes Malaria, and Trypanosoma cruzi, which causes trypanosomiasis, also come under this level.
Symptoms:
Status: confirmed



and so it begins...




popped over to Flutrackers (http://www.flutrackers.com/forum/showthread.php?t=204874) for info...

infecting poultry at the markets, but none at farms...

aerosol release?


Chinese researchers speculate that Influenza A(H7N9) could cause a severe pandemic

In an article entitled, Epidemiological and risk analysis of the H7N9 subtype influenza outbreak in China at its early stage published in the Chinese Science Bulletin, Chinese researchers review the case data on human A(H7N9) infections and conclude that there is high risk of A(H7N9) causing a pandemic. They speculate that such a pandemic would be severe and have a higher mortality rate than the recent 2009 H1N1 pandemic.

From the article:


In light of the above considerations, we think that the H7N9 outbreak is severe, and it is likely to become very or extremely severe in the future, highlighting the emergent need of forceful scientific measures, such as building enough stockpile of H7N9 vaccine for human use in case the pandemic really occurs. . . .We do not exclude completely the possibility that the H7N9 will disappear naturally, or maintain its low pathogenicity in birds and limited transmission ability in humans for a long period, without forceful scientific control measures. However, such a mild scenario of the outbreak evolution is of less possibility than the very or extremely severe scenario describe above. The main reason is that some random mutations leading to the improved adaption of the virus to humans will emerge naturally during its long existence in humans, as the virus usually evolves rapidly. These mutants will become dominant by natural selection as they are more adaptive in humans. They thus may spread in humans rapidly and can spark a deadly pandemic. Similarly, the H7N9 virus of low pathogenicity in birds is more likely to become highly pathogenic through natural selection. . .

[Chester]

Interesting, the way the world is set up, isn't it. Our hard work is taken in the form of money and then morphed by others into things and ways we don't agree with, and many times its used against us. Maybe the ultimate hypothesis is no hypothesis at all.

This is one of the most brilliant things I have ever read here on Avalon. Thanks sygh

[matrixdecoder]

Bill: you are very correct; change have to start in ourselves first, then close family members, relatives, friends, community, and so forth. Kind of our life should be the 'message'. Blessings.

[Jeffrey]

HDSgWfKvCSU

[gripreaper]

This seems pretty accurate to me, given the recent beta tests and the amount of leverage in the world, as well as having everybody fully in debt.

Here is an excerpt:

So Here’s The Problem: Debt; more debt has been created under this ever inflating system of Keynesian Economics and it’s fractional reserve banking than can ever be paid off. More debt exists on this planet than money exists to pay it off. So how do we cure something that can no longer be cured through economic expansion? Because you see, economic expansion, inflation, is the only way things are cured in a Keynesian System. So this leaves one to ask, how does the Financial Cartel take down a monolithic skyscraper of debt that they’ve built all they way up to the heavens, but has become structurally unsound at its foundation without taking themselves out in the process?

Controlled demolition, that’s how.

http://beforeitsnews.com/economy/2013/05/impending-financial-collapse-the-grand-finale-here-is-what-is-about-to-happen-to-you-an-economic-love-story-or-fifty-shades-of-green-2523150.html?currentSplittedPage=2

[ThePythonicCow]

This seems pretty accurate to me, given the recent beta tests and the amount of leverage in the world, as well as having everybody fully in debt.
Yes - a good read and seems pretty accurate to me as well.

As he himself acknowledges, his timing may be off for the beginning of the main events.

However, like a multi-stage rocket launch or a major controlled demolition, once the main engines fire, the possibility of "launch delays and holds" of unspecified duration ends. The game is on and things begin moving with an unstoppable inevitability.

[Observer1964]

-------

I wrote here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?43793-Drake-Updates-clarifications-and-more&p=513734), yesterday:






I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn't feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That's not the game he's playing. His goal is completely different.

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.




Bill, this would make a fine new thread when you have your data collated for discussion.


Done... here it is. :)


Here’s a list of bulletpoints:


1 ---
The interview with 'Dutch' on this page:
http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle

Download the video here:
http://videos.videopress.com/AOFRod3i/dutchmanwmv_dvd.mp4
or here:
http://projectavalon.net/resources/Dutch_interview_1.mp4 (595 Mb)

Two comments:





a) The interviewer is a new member of this forum. (Welcome!) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/member.php?12369-TheGoldenRule1)

I would very much appreciate his contribution here.





b) 'Dutch' is not very articulate, and doesn’t know much. But, as they say, he knows what he saw and experienced. I’m convinced he’s telling the truth.

One job he said he had was physically loading supplies on to highly advanced, classified spacecraft, in a project to establish a base on the Moon which was to be a refuge for the world's elite.

Ignore his presentational/ conversational style and mannerisms (and some of his speculations)… and remember that one or two significant others have also stated that the Roswell visitors were time travelers, which I’ve been fairly convinced of for years. This was a major corroborating factor for me, as this is mentioned by very few other witnesses. More later about this.



2 ---
The second interview with 'Victor' — here:
http://youtube.com/watch?v=EEFJ_C-wdlw (part 1)
http://youtube.com/watch?v=aMVdaQox308 (part 2)

'Victor' described, with a great deal of authentic bitterness, how the elite were planning to leave the planet -- sometime before a catastrophic event that they expected to occur before 2017.


3 ---
‘Charles’ told me in his very first Skype call with me (1 August 2010) that the elite were planning to leave the planet — after turning it into a ‘toilet’ (his term).

He told me that he did not WANT to see the Earth turned into a toilet. (This is close to an exact quote, from memory and from my notes, which I need to check: they are archived offline.)

Regardless of any opinions about the complex series of events that subsequenty ensued, that first call (and the second one, 6 days later) are most likely to have contained accurate, credible, in-good-faith information.

Like “Dutch” above, Charles did not know that much, and did not CLAIM to know much — but he knew what he’d seen and experienced. I remain convinced that much of the information he shared, in good faith, in those initial contacts was valid.



4 ---
George Green — whom I know pretty well (I had dinner with him last night) — has never referred in any of his interviews or seminars to the elite preparing to leave the planet. I took the opportunity to ask him about this directly, and his answer was simply: “It’s possible”.

At the start of his April 2008 Camelot interview (http://projectcamelot.org/george_green.html), which is really quite a good one, George does state, from first-hand conversation and contact, that the elite “have their tickets”: what he was told privately, by the then Governor of Colorado, was that the “tickets” were to a safe underground haven in the southern hemisphere.

Regardless of whether the tickets are to a long-stay underground city, or to a base on the moon — this is why there are so few high-level whistleblowers and defections: all the privileged insiders are concerned that if they violate protocol, then the ticket, for themselves and their family, will be voided.

I asked George about this again last night, and he confirmed that was 100% correct.



5 ---
Dan Burisch always talked about the existence of “An Ark on the Moon”. See http://projectcamelot.org/lang/en/dan_burisch_interview_transcript_2_en.html

He’s talking about Timeline 1 (most likely to be ours) and the catastrophic Timeline 2 (which we may have avoided).

Exact quote:





Dan: They actually move off from Earth first. The J-Rods, or the precursors to the J-Rods, stay on Earth for a great deal of time, well after 24,000 years from the time of the transition, 24,000 years from now. Because they were 24-or-so-thousand years ahead of us when they crashed in Roswell in 1947. Those were 24s. They stay. The Orions move off first to the place ... after the reestablishment of a society on the surface of the Earth ... technology is refurbished, etcetera....they move off to the place where the Ark is held.

Kerry: Which is where?

Dan: Our nearest body, the Moon.

Kerry: The Moon.

Dan: Where on it, I’m not going to say.

Kerry: OK. Well, this gets into...

Dan: Because of having to defend against the possibility of Timeline 1 transitioning over to Timeline 2 in a manner different than I’ve been told. And I’m not going to be the person who hands off the wrong information.

Kerry: So... OK, but you’re saying the Nordics are going to get off Earth if the catastrophe happens. Or regardless.

Dan: They leave after.

Kerry: After the catastrophe happens.

Dan: Presumably several thousand years after it happens, they leave.

Kerry: Several thousand years.

Dan: Yes, they move to the Moon.

Kerry: Oh. I was getting the impression you were talking about them going on space ships or something.

Dan [shaking head no] Not really. No. They move off to the Moon several thousand years later, via space craft. They get to the place where the Ark was held and that they re-establish a new community. From there they move to Mars. From Mars, out to Orion.



6 ---
Henry Deacon always stated that the secret space program should never be compromised, “because the future of the human race may depend on it”. Kerry and I vividly remember one conversation, in December 2008, in which Henry became really quite upset and insistent about this.

In separate conversations (over many, many hours in a number of meetings), he described and confirmed how there was a horrific tangle of inter-braided timelines, each time the efforts (by ETs, future humans and ourselves) compounding the problems and making matters more complicated.

He told us that none of these problems had yet been resolved. He said that these timeline problems also reached way back into human history and “involved our ancestors”.

He told me that there were FOUR main timelines that he was aware of (not just Dan Burisch’s two) — one of which was truly catastrophic and resulted in a version of Earth six thousand years into the future which was pretty much barren and devoid of life.

Henry had also confirmed that the Roswell visitors were time traveling future humans (see http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html). He was adamant about this, and stated that this came from briefings he had read and/or attended. The only difference between his account and Dan Burisch’s (Dan had said almost exactly the same thing) was that Dan said the Roswell visitors were from 24,000 years in the future, and Henry, while not being certain, had said that he had thought they were a little earlier.

Dan and Henry had never met or communicated, and when we first met Henry he had never heard of Dan at all. These corroborations were always extremely significant for Kerry and myself.

And now we have “Dutch’s” testimony (http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle)…. see above.



7 ---
Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.





a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.

In summary — the above has to be considered in the light of how David Wilcock excellently put it (in our first Futuretalk (http://projectcamelot.org/david_wilcock.html) in March 2008):

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

This matches exactly with Peter Weyland’s fictional and impressive oratory in TED 2023: “We are the gods now.”

http://youtube.com/watch?v=kFix7xIwrQg

This also is in exact alignment with what ‘Charles’ stated so clearly to me on both 1 and 6 August 2010: that the “experimenters” (the ET bioengineers who created the human race) would not interfere with whatever ensued in their experiment — and now that the human controllers, who had been kind of entrusted with the management of the planet on the experimenters’ behalf, had accidentally got hold of ET technology (from the time-traveling humans who were trying to reach back in time to assist but who instead had crashed and become stranded here — something that was never intended), they were now in a position to break out of the experimental zone, realizing that they would not be stopped.

‘Charles’ said that from the ETs point of view, the experiment had gone seriously wrong — but whatever happened, they would not intervene, and would watch it all play out.

The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.

Around 1993 I figured out what must be going on by just studying the UFO fenomenon, the manny diferent hypothesises about UFO's being secret government test-flights and so on made me think that If the germans allready had managed to create flying discs, it couldn't be still test-flights, I mean how long they keep testing?
After flying was invented and worked out into flying machines it didn't take 10 years before they used it as a tool for war!

After seeing the famous (is it famous?) Alternative 3 documentairy I fell of my chair from just understanding what is going on :yuck:
It scared the hell out of me.
Ever since i tried to wake ppl up, just to find myself in endless discussions with people who wanted proof... basicly just opting out of insight into whats going on.

I went trough the effort of trying to learn to make subtitles to videos and learned it the hard and costly way, but i saw it as my duty to help my countrymen see the available info. Hell I just wanted my father to understand what is going on and we only had fights about it, and him blaming me to be a loser... for putting my effort into this bull****.

In '97 I got into contact with a group studying the UFO-fenomenon and I offered to help making subtitles for them... they were hardly interested except for one woman...
I ended up alone having to take care of the baby we got ( my eldest son) and while on the phone with her mother just after things had settled a little, I saw a demon/archon walking/floating through my living room, and every day I saw hints on shapeshifting beings, in commercials, in advertising posters, Star Trek etc... I hardly dared to turn my TV on at certain stage.

around 1998 I got introduced to internet, and started to read and eventually post things on fora. I even put myself into debts to buy a PC capable of capturing VHS to digital video, and the whole process of doing that in a acceptable quality and then learning again how to make subtitles with the available software at that time, (luckily a friend made me a program with wich i could do the basic work, and much with note pad to finetune the result. Nowadays much better software exsists.) and sharing what I had through file-sharing like Napster and the like.
And All my harddrives broke down in 1 day destroying all I had made, save a few files I had on cd's.

I could continue summing up what I did, but its nothing...

I now believe we have to go through WW3, simple because we cant fight an enemy that attacks us in our thinking. An enemy that knows us better than we know us ourselves. People are turned away from the heavy information or the idea that something is steering their thinking. That something managed to stop the Occupy movement in its tracks before it even reached any result. And now people are turned of, they dont believe anymore, we just look at trivial topics and give that our attention, important topics are ignored or talked into the ground, making ppl give up before it even starts.

And I truly believe that we can turn this thing around if just enough ppl would focus, by protesting, strikes, collective meditation etc...

But we have become our own debunkers...

Now I only hope that after this life I will reincarnate in a better life, a life in wich the dark side has been defeated and life is good again. Or as the contact from Iarga said; You incarnate in the result of this life... I hope I earned a better life, but dont even expect it.

Strange... I wanted to say something completely different but i forgot what it was...
:(

I guess I just needed to get it of my heart.

[Rolci]

I have followed up most of the sources Bill mentioned regarding references to the PTB planning to leave. While I hadn't paid much thought to this occurrence, it did ring true and I had some memory of such being mentioned from my previous readings. I would like to mention two here, one or both of which might be of some use/confirmation to some of our Avalon members. One was on ATS, in a thread titled Window of Opportunity. I am sure most Avalon members are familiar with ATS and at least a few familiar with the material I am referring to. For those that are not, and for those that are but do not recall anything that was similar to what Bill is talking about here, I will quote:

"Back to 'this' current Great Harvest, we do not require a 95% Negative Harvest, as you have deducted. Instead, what we require, is for US to personally attain a 95% Negative Polarity for ourselves, not for you. WE must be 95% Negative (at least), in order to Graduate to 4th Density Negative, and earn the opportunity to clear our Karmic Record, of all the Negativity we have Created on this planet, before returning to our rightful place as 6th Density Guardians of our Galaxy, and teachers of Wisdom to those in lower Densities that ask for our assistance. If we do not make it, we will remain trapped in the 3rd Density Cycle with all those between 94% Negative and 50% Positive (what I termed 'luke-warm's'), and have to continue to provide Negative Polarity for you. Harsh as it is, our only way out, is to be as Negative as possible, to Graduate. We cannot choose to be Positive, because that is not what we came here to do for you. That's why I often have referred to all the horrible things we've done here, as our Sacrifice.

...

There will still be the same Negative Polarity to overcome, but if we are successful in our Negative Graduation, (which we shall be) others are standing by to take our places pulling the strings from "behind the scenes". We have more than done our job, in discharging our Service to you. And we are tired. It is time for us to clear our Karmic Record, and return to being the Being of Light which is our True essence."

I also remember reading Carla Rueckert mentioning something very similar. I am not sure if she arrived at this conclusion because of something they channelled or something else, but I generally trust her views to be accurate at representing reality, and I recall her holding this opinion particularly firmly. I tried but could not find the exact quote, but what it said basically was, all babies born after 21/12/12 will be fourth-density positive, meaning no more STS bloodlines, elites, illuminati, PTB, whatever. Of course to max out their polarization they have made preparations to perpetuate their influence once they're gone.

While I was searching for Carla's quote, I accidentally found that Cayce also made references to what Bill is talking about:

"Cayce predicted that the so-called "Battle of Armageddon" described symbolically in the Bible would begin in 1999.
Cayce foresaw that this "battle" will not be a war fought on Earth. Rather, it will be a spiritual struggle between the
"higher forces of light" and "lower forces of darkness" for 1000 years of Earth time. The reason for this struggle is to
prevent souls from lower afterlife realms from reincarnating to Earth. By preventing souls from the lower afterlife
realms from reincarnating to Earth, only enlightened souls will be permitted to reincarnate. The result will be 1000
years of building a world of peace and enlightenment. After 1000 years, souls from lower afterlife realms will be
permitted once again to reincarnate to Earth. By this time, the so-called "kingdom of heaven" will have been
established on Earth."

I must add here my own insight, that I guess it is the natural course of STS evolution to realize that, as long as you provide your "subjects" negative physical catalyst, you're really helping them move on the STO path, and they might be uncomfortable with that, which could make them want to move on and refine their techniques, which would involve not incarnation on Earth as there is no more opportunity to further polarize here but rather graduate, move into 4th D and start perfection techniques of psychic attack and the like.

[Chester]

Interesting post, Rolci...

I have become so psychic these days.

Here's two observations I have of this experience.

Observation One is I now deal with people on two levels.

a.) Their individually aware conscious level (their waking state consciousness / the being they perceive themselves to be in whole - which is somewhere near 5% of their actual, individual being) and

b.) Their fuller being which includes this fragmented being.

I am unsure what percentage I am able to communicate with that lies beyond their 5% but what I have discovered is that when communicating with that part of an individual that the waking state, conscious 5% there comes forth an immense responsibility that I do not force their two, seemingly unconnected parts of their mind, to meet..

This has resulted in limiting my contact with others (other than close family and a few friends) and is also limiting my posting here on Avalon other than a rare, passion driven flurry as happened last weekend regarding the lovely Snowden incident.

Observation Two is that I have discovered that I am most certainly an experiencer of mind control but, I am unsure of who/what has been behind this and in fact consider it a high possibility that more than one group has targeted me personally with mind control.

And here is the part that I expect no one to like hearing but is my current attitude about all my experiences. Other than the harm I have caused others (and still with no doubt occasionally produce), I have zero regrets about the experiences of my life other than I wished I had taken better care of my physical body.

Anyways, I really could not judge as to what % being I might be as to STO or STS. But what I do know is how to look at a paradigm and then step outside of it. To do so requires one to be able to withdraw from a buy in.

Your post, Rolci, implies a buy-in. Is the scenario you pointed to "real"?

It is, from within it.

It is not if one has never entered it (at any level of their consciousness) or has been able to achieve a withdrawal from it.

Note the very key word that is shared by both of my above sentences - the word is.

From the dimension hopper's point of view, this post must be coming from the "Chester" that is above the sixth dimension. I have been accused by an expert on this dimensions who is an Avalon member of coming from the 15th dimension (haha). I know another member of Avalon who (at the time they shared some information with me regarding dimensions) stated that they have discovered up to 47 dimensions.

My personal view of all that is that to dive into the "realms" of other dimensionality seems interesting, but my gut tells me unless I remain grounded in this third dimension, physical and real experience I seem to have each day I awaken, I am not doing others much good.

These psi abilities are exciting but each and every day my personal experience with psi talent expands, the more I realize the immense, personal responsibility that comes with it (as stated above). I doubt anything could be more important than making that recognition, but I can only state this applies to me and everyone else has their own right to consider if that might be valid for them. It seems logical that the more folks who are truly what we call STO that come into conscious recognition of their psi abilities recognize their responsibility to others, the greater our chances of experiencing a more enriched experience moving forward in time.

Last point - I find that care of the physical body is quite important. Days where I feel better physically correlate to a better attitude which then correlates to a more "considerate of others" energetic output and that has to be better for us all.

Ohhh and the days I feel physically better, my psi experiences increase exponentially.

[Rolci]

Thanks for your views Justoneman. I am a new member here on Avalon and I had not been familiarizing with the topic of mind control previously, and it's all still a bit blurry to me. Is it supposed to imply brain-washing with subtle methods, suggestions, subliminal messages? You say my post implies a buy-in. Again, I'm not sure I know what you mean. It is my belief that this 3rd density illusion we live in is just that - illusion. No part of it is real. Not only that, also we here in 3rd density have the veil of forgetfulness pulled before our eyes. We do not remember who we are. We are not aware of the unity of all things. We are not aware of the nature of the universe as Love. So whatever belief you have, chances are it's false. We are living in a world of duality. From the day you are born the best you can do is assimilate stuff around you, later on abstract ideas, and from all the confusion you will pick the elements that will eventually make up your worldview. We all have bought into something. We believed this or believed that. Not many of your ideas are ones that you had never heard of and you made up. And even that wouldn't guarantee it's correct, only from within it, as you put it. Beings from higher realms admit it, where they reside is also an illusion, although succeeding densities represent lesser and lesser illusions - hence density. Higher densities are less dense, or more light-filled. I loved what I read just yesterday:

"If you have thought recently that life sometimes has a dreamlike quality, we say that you are very much in tune with the way we feel that things are. For even that which lies at the heart of the manifested universe is still an illusion, and the only thing that is not illusion is unknowable, for in the dualism of known and knower the truth has already been abandoned in its pure state.
Yet, if the hand that cast each of you forth has meaning at all, and we feel that it does, then that illusion that holds the most light serves as the truth. And that, I think, is what each person does seek, that truth that is deepest for that person at that particular time and that particular place. When the seeker has at last relaxed into a sure and certain awareness that the truth will come bit by bit, little by little, realization by realization, then the heart is at last free. What frees the self from its agonizing search for identity is a surrender to the realization that knowledge of the self and knowledge of truth shall always be partial, with the mystery forever receding before one’s grasp."

As for the physical experience we are having here on earth, well, obviously we are having it for a reason. We planned this incarnation in full knowledge of the limitations we were going to have, knowing we would forget who we truly are, agreeing that we would be cut off from ultimate reality, understanding not being part of our experience. 4th density is a density of understanding. Third density is emphatically not. Your psi abilities also ave their place in your experience. The earth is in 4th density already. It is characterized by telepathic communication, a prerequisite to the forming of a social memory complex, which we are only beginning to develop. Make the most use of it, use it to help others. Yes, we all buy into stuff. 4th density beings buy into the war between the light and the dark. As the Ra group says:

"The fourth density is the only density besides your own which, lacking the wisdom to refrain from battle, sees the necessity of the battle. Thus it is necessary that fourth-density social memory complexes be used."

Furthermore, even 6th density beings buy into something: polarity. Even though we are all intellectually aware on the conceptual level that "all is one", it's not until mid-sixth density that the two polarities merge. And it's no sooner than the 7th density of our particular octave of existence that you stop helping others, after all, if all is one, how can you help others, right? To quote quo:

"After the unification occurs, the end of sixth density and the seventh density are those in which the selves gradually stop turning backwards to look at what has been and begin being drawn, as if by gravity, into the heart of the source of all that there is: the one infinite Creator. At the end of seventh density there is a movement into timelessness, and in this time of unknowing the heart of the Creator beats and another creation begins. This is the panoply of cosmology within which you are now experiencing the third of seven experiences or types of experience. And each of these densities represents a considerable length of your time."

And this would be the box I view my world from at this point in my own evolution. We all have our own box. We all buy into something. Is that good? Is it bad? It's just the way it is. 3rd density didn't always have the veil, but now it does and it is so for a reason. While here, try not to understand. Try to love, even when it doesn't make sense.

[Chester]

Hi Rolci and Welcome to Avalon - First, an apology in that I did not read the beginning of your post carefully enough and had somehow thought the comment you quoted as your own.

You have many questions and I am no expert on overall "mind control" but I would believe I am becoming quite adept at dealing with my own, personal experience of someone who has been multi-targeted at all sorts of levels of the mind control spectrum.

Before I go into that, I am not as proficient with words as I wish I were and an example can be found in the last statement to this one as most readers might assume I am inferring that I might be some "innocent" guy who is a victim. Those who have endured my posts on Avalon know I am no saint and anything but some innocent being.

Let me start with the big one... everything in experiential realms is about point of view. I read somewhere that how wars are won is by managing, swaying the points of view of the the masses within a targeted collective. The physical war part of warfare is just that, only a part.

So if "point of view management" is the actual, primary approach to obtaining results from an individual or a collective, and this can be accomplished, then it is only a matter of discovering how this can be done and how to apply this form of management.

Through folks over in the Horus-Ra thread, I have found the materials which allowed me to look at what an average human being may be (I feel I am an average human being and so I wanted to know who/what I am and how I may have come to be who/what I am). What I discovered is currently working well for me. I do not know if my discovery is not something I will discard or significantly rework before my physical body "dies" but it is the working model with which that I am currently comfortable.

I have been accused in the past of "monster posting" (and I plead guilty as charged) so I attempt to be mindful of this. The thread I speak of is this one - Horus-Ra and...
(http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?40941-Horus-Ra-as-the-Archontic-Alien-Parasite-A-follow-up-interview-with-Maarit)

The creator of the thread is someone that goes by the poster name "Houman." One of the participants in the thread is someone that goes by the name sms. There is a poster named "Amzer Zo" and also a poster named "Daughter of Time."

Posts by these folks are where I have been able to put my own view(s) together in relation to my own experience.

Recently I took all the posts of sms and created a Word document for myself and read contemplatively all his posts as well as did a decent amount of study of the links this poster recommended. I have even acquired some of the books he recommended though I have been unable to study them fully as I would like due to time restraints.

Now for the points - Based on the works of Eve Lorgen who is one of my personal favorite researcher/therapists and an Italian researcher/therapist, Dr. Corrado Malanga and my own wide open mind I have been able to see "me" for what I am which I see as a multi-level being, quite a complex being but ultimately I see myself as a being from what I call, "The Great Unmanifest."

Now, depending on the situation, I assume the point of view of the being that is within a situation. I then move myself to the point of view of me, the being, that is outside of the realm in which the targeted situation must reside. This provides me the opportunity to understand the situation and, because I am able to achieve detachment from it through this process, I am now able to decide if I just drop the thing or plunge back in with the same view I had before or with a new point of view based on my experience I just acquired through the process I just now described here.

I call this "point of view hopping." I see myself worse than any shape-shifter. I have become a view point shifter of the worst kind. One moment I am able to be consumed by a point of view expressed through my emotions (and when I am I often disturb the peace of others) and the next moment I am able to step outside of the realm I am consumed by and practically instantly, my emotional state changes and I am suddenly able to access my mind and "see the situation" differently because I have been able to emotionally detach which allows me to see things differently.

I have never met another human being that can go from a stable state to an insanely passionate state back to a stable, calm state like i am capable of doing.

People label this in various ways - "bi-polar" being one of the most popular. I have seen well over 20 shrinks in my life - at least 5 or 6 of those I have worked with closely and one in particular for over 30 years. None of them have a clue about what makes me tick because they are limited to the imaginings from their education and experience and their own minds. This is what we all deal with here. No one can ever truly figure anyone else out in my opinion.

OK, so... back to who/what I am - From one level of my being, I am what I call a "spirit being." A spirit being must have at least 2 working components - "the spirit" and "the mind." Some have taken on the belief that there are "ensouled" spirit beings and then there are spirit beings that are souless. I do not feel comfortable in adapting that view as a working assumption. Here's my view... a "spirit being" has a soul, but that soul may be held captive and/or switch virtually off. If an individual spirit being has a switched off soul, they could appear to be souless, but in reality they are simply operating where their soul is in a coma and thus what is driving their boat is a mix between their mind and their spirit.

In Eastern Gnosis (as pointed to by sms and others here), the soul seems to be the central, key component which was intended to be the individual being's director as this component experiences everything in the now moment (whereas the other components experience across time). This implies that within the matrices (note I now see our experience here in 3D physicality as an array of matrices), a spirit being who is not well enough integrated (integrated meaning where their soul, their mind and their spirit are all able to be fully and in a balanced way, functional) then what I see as the primary component of the three, the soul, is not calling many shots if any.

Now for the soul. Before I attempt to write about this, it must be understood that of what I am about to describe with words actually can't be so all I am doing is pointing to something which in fact cannot be a something or an anything as it is unmanifest into form (and not even that).

I see the soul as the bridge or connector to my origin, the Great Unmanifest. As I become manifest, this bridge, this link must be in place for my ability to retain my primal property of being an eternal being. This is how I have "eternal life."

Dr. Malanga's research has allowed him to generate creation myths which attempt to explain the situation mankind (and all beings of Earth) find themselves in our current day and age. Religions all do the same. Because we are using words, there is zero chance the actual truth can be perfectly stated as there is a part of the story (the beginning of the beginning) which likely can never be explained. And perhaps that is for the best unless you are sick and tired of experiencing experiential realms but that is each spirit being's individual decision to make.

In Dr. Malanga's Genesis I creation myth, the physical 3D human being is essentially the possessor of the football in a game that can also be seen as spiritual warfare. Why? Because we are "container" that are able to contain a soul.

The whole ballgame is about one thing and one thing only - the soul.

So, from my current point of view, as long as I maintain well enough the health of my soul, all of my experiences, no matter how my mind decides to characterize them, are secondary and simply reflections of my experience.

Because this is my foundational point of view (and has been now for quite a few weeks), I have discovered how my mind has been under various levels of "mind management" and by various parties some of which may be working together and some of which may be only concerned with their own interests.

So the bottom line is that I realize I am... from the view of a spirit being, anchored into a 3D experience on Earth at this time and essentially, an experiment.

This is a fascinating thing to have discovered. It also allows me to see how I have been quite a difficult, rebellious and renegade manifestation of the Great Experiment which very well may be the same thing the Free Masons refer to as "The Great Work."

This means that I am tremendously compromised. This suggests any reader of any of my posts be cautious because as i am awakening to my current condition, I realize more and more I am the work of other beings and perhaps little if any of my own mind remains within me. All that I write, even though it is fully from my heart at the time I write... well, there's no ability for me to say that "that is from me, Chester."

In addition, what comes forth at any one moment from me in words may take on or imply coming from a particular viewpoint and one sentence later I have suddenly shifted my point of view which implies an entirely different foundation (and thus realm) from which that viewpoint is expressed.

OK... enough for now - I will do my best, Rolci, over the weekend to answer your post but unless you have the above written background info about me, I am uncomfortable my answers would likely not be be taken properly which means taken "with a grain of salt."

[Rolci]

I understand (to use a misnomer, but you know what I mean, or you guess you do and based on what I'm guessing that you are guessing, you're probably not too far off and neither am I) your point of view on unfixed points of view and I guess you're saying something like the body, together with the show it's part of, that you call the experiment, are things you, the soul observe through. The only question is, what exactly are you supposed to observe, especially if all is illusion and will one day cease to exist. You probably know that physical events are expressions of metaphysical events, or rather temporary states and conditions, relationships, all depending on where the soul is on its path back to the Creator/Source/All That Is/Great Spirit/Great Unmanifest/God. Keeping in mind that time is an illusion, as well as space, even though they also persist in certain forms in the metaphysical universe, or time/space. I believe our views don't differ a whole lot, but no two entities have the same vibrational signature, so I suppose the measure of differences doesn't really matter, large or small, and in the end, even they are illusions as all is one, we are all distortions of the same blueprint. So I await your response. By the way, the way I do "point of view hopping" is doing the classic method, the more you do it the quicker it works. I mean the one where you mentally depart the Earth, zoom out of the solar system, galaxy, local group, supergroup, you may even mentally travel outside the physical universe, then instantly zoom back in on Earth looking at your current situation, all the while also keeping in mind that one day our species will be gone, the planet will be gone, even the Sun will be gone, and this is the perfect mindset to ask yourself in an overheated, catalyst-filled situation: does this really matter? Is it worth getting upset over this? After a while you don't even do the zooming out and in because you know what it's like, you just "jump" from where you are into Earth orbit and watch yourself as though through a telescope, playing out our trivial roles on this stage called Earth. I hand back the microphone, although I have a feeling we are going a bit off-topic in the thread, but then again, ours are equally valid ultimate hypotheses, I believe we've also done our share of seeking. So let's see where this goes.

[Chester]

I understand (to use a misnomer, but you know what I mean, or you guess you do and based on what I'm guessing that you are guessing, you're probably not too far off and neither am I) your point of view on unfixed points of view and I guess you're saying something like the body, together with the show it's part of, that you call the experiment, are things you, the soul observe through. The only question is, what exactly are you supposed to observe, especially if all is illusion and will one day cease to exist.

Well – I realized how I got myself inserted into the Grand Illusion – I was bored. Sometimes I even consider that I created it (hopefully you, the reader, understands I do not mean that literally... it is simply role playing as the rest of this exercise).

All from nothing but boredom.

Simple.

Now... the problem with boredom (while simultaneously knowing I am the end all to be all in my lovely universe), I then become capable of burning holes through all the fabrics of my universe which dominos into recklessly imposing my will upon others.

This all results in a less than enjoyable experience for all (at least from my point of view... others may enjoy sitting on their throne).

Thus then... the invention called “love” which for me is nothing more than the realization i really don’t want to be alone (and thus cannot be the end all to be all).

These two realizations – first the experience of my absolute power and then my discovery my power, unabated, destroys all and does so all too rapidly across the illusory time spectrum helped me conclude I need to appreciate my illusion and all the rest of us who entered into it as well.

From this is born "preservation" which I have come to experience and has led me to the discovery of appreciation which then led me to the experience we call love.

I would like to believe that each, individual spirit being can, at any time, decide they no longer want to play the game (or be part of the experiment) and thus then crawl back through their soul to their un-origin, the Great Unmanifest. This may also be impossible. Who knows. I am unsure if I want to know because I enjoy this all too much.... this lovely thing we call “life.”




You probably know that physical events are expressions of metaphysical events, or rather temporary states and conditions, relationships, all depending on where the soul is on its path back to the Creator/Source/All That Is/Great Spirit/Great Unmanifest/God. Keeping in mind that time is an illusion, as well as space, even though they also persist in certain forms in the metaphysical universe, or time/space. I believe our views don't differ a whole lot, but no two entities have the same vibrational signature, so I suppose the measure of differences doesn't really matter, large or small, and in the end, even they are illusions as all is one, we are all distortions of the same blueprint.

True when viewed from outside the illusion but due to boredom, I dive in. Clearly it is designed such that one like me can get lost in it, yes? Sometimes I might figure it out (and then what??!!) and sometimes I die trying and sometimes I don't bother to (and just "live") and other times I discover how I created my own prison, insane asylum, "stage", etc. and sometimes I become targets of cowards like the Primordial Man might be or a pawn like some "alien" species might want me to be... but one thing is absolutely certain...

I doubt this will ever get boring. Who knows, maybe one day it will.




So I await your response. By the way, the way I do "point of view hopping" is doing the classic method, the more you do it the quicker it works. I mean the one where you mentally depart the Earth, zoom out of the solar system, galaxy, local group, supergroup, you may even mentally travel outside the physical universe, then instantly zoom back in on Earth looking at your current situation, all the while also keeping in mind that one day our species will be gone, the planet will be gone, even the Sun will be gone, and this is the perfect mindset to ask yourself in an overheated, catalyst-filled situation: does this really matter? Is it worth getting upset over this?

Nope - well... I don't much anymore! haha - "god" willing, I still have a few years left on this abused physical body to enjoy the pleasures this vehicle and experiential realm provides. One advisement... be careful not to piss off the "programs" or your loved ones and friends get "special attention." Why? My guess is that "the Grand Master" isn't interested in seeing the game end so soon. My chips/implants are now well assimilated and my "ego" is reasonably contained.



After a while you don't even do the zooming out and in because you know what it's like, you just "jump" from where you are into Earth orbit and watch yourself as though through a telescope, playing out our trivial roles on this stage called Earth. I hand back the microphone, although I have a feeling we are going a bit off-topic in the thread, but then again, ours are equally valid ultimate hypotheses, I believe we've also done our share of seeking. So let's see where this goes.

Seems we have come to quite the same conclusions and why I try very, very hard not to post much anymore... Just in case the light switch gets turned off!

EDIT: I may have set a personal record today for number of posts in one day... so much for trying.

[Atlas]

Very interesting thread, thanks for posting. My view is as follow :

Imagine we discover a planet of the apes somewhere far away. Imagine there are 10 billions of them living at the stone age, dying from diseases and wars and they believe there's a savior in the sky.

Now imagine you're are the head of the space-marine corp in charge of this newly discovered planet and what you know is a huge comet is going to strike it in 300 years destroying all life on the surface.

My question is: what would you do ?

Would you land, tell them you are a god who needs gold so they'd better start digging ? Or would you send a diplomatic team to teach them medicine and pacifism ?

Would you observe them and collect some genetic samples of their flora ? Or would you tell them they are in great danger and they must prepare to evacuate ?

Or maybe, would you just forget about them and do what your superiors tell you ?

Would you try to save some of them knowing you can't save them all ? If so, which ones would you save first ?

So what would you do ?

And if this situation was applicable to us, what would our elite do ?

I hope this can help answering Bill's ultimate hypothesis...

[OnyxKnight]

The Elite/PTB are not leaving Earth because they think of it as a sinking ship. There is too much investment involved, and they just wouldn't let it be like that. If they leave, there are power hungry alien groups that will take their place and reshape this world into something totally different. What's the point of 70.000 years of building something just to leave it behind?

What actually is going on is this - The Elite/PTB are a management team of sorts. They increase their ranks when needed. What is going on is they are shifting management teams outside this planet, for more remote operations. Our oppressive presence is not just limited to Earth today. If they are translocating management teams, it means there is a critical number out there that needs to be managed. Either Sirius B, Altair, or 47 Ursae Majoris. It also means that 'they', have passed somebody's "exam" with flying colors. They don't just randomly send the ruling elite (management teams) on other worlds.

Considering we have a parallel human civilization living underground composed of the recombined DNA taken from abducted people throughout history and across the globe, and they number in hundreds of millions, its logical to assume the craft they use that's back engineered to transport them on some of the off-world stations so they can be more easily managed with separate management teams. One of the closest being Mars. They usually use portals/wormholes for other more distant places. They need large numbers since they encounter resistance where they go, which they are made to believe it is hostile in nature (many who contact the surface people of the world). The parallel human civilization are those who are shooting down most of the alien craft these days.

[Flash]

this parallel human civilization is of the same kind as of our elite who govern us (badly up to now) and have pass someones test with flying colors to go govern other worlds, where they migrated by hundred of millions having advance genetic from recombining of our best genes throughout history, is it that?

Are they themselves governed by those who gave the test? Are those who give the tests regressives? Making them believe resistance is from hostile sides when they encounter it?

And we, on the surface, are resistance!? And are more spiritually developed aliens considered resistance as well?

If so, what are we to do? Have we already lost? Those being shot at, aliens space craft not from that group obviously, is there some that are not power hungry and wanting to invade us and if so are they going to do something?

In order world, being now supremely bright and resilient (unknowingly to surface dwellers), we, humans, are colonizing the universe and doing someone else bidding all over the galaxy? With low level spiritual development, from what I see from earth elite on one hand, and very high paranoia on the other hand. Have I missed something?

we became the pest of the universe? Is it that?

This seems to me a human development dead end, in the very long haul (millions of years maybe). As it probably is for the real masters.

Mostly, what are we going to do, us surface dweller to make this planet free and agreable? What are we going to do to evolve genetically and spiritually?

What are we going to do for the universe? Are we ****ed?

[gripreaper]

So they're leaving because they got a promotion? Am I to assume, one gets a promotion for doing an exemplary job at managing the existing planet's resources, and is therefore given more authority, responsibility, and a more advanced planet.

So, who's the "new" boss going to be?

[Flash]

One gets a promotion for being absolutely ruthless as well and the best fighters one can get gripreaper. We are doing the bidding of others, we are completely taken into others biddings, which would mean the farthest from freedom than one could ever imagine.

The new boss are the same as always, those we are doing the bidding and fighting for, top management does not change, only local one.

[Flash]

Sometimes I also wonder if they are protecting the earth from yet more power hungry alien races that would take possession of it where they to go, then, are they doing some good? Shooting the bad spaceships in space of more power hungry aliens? The human elite seems very oppressive to me too. Is it just a question of degree?

Are we doomed for slavery and oppression wherever we turn?

Isn't there some races that are not power hungry, that are just really developed? And what do they see, are they just keeping away?

[Chester]

It seems to me that the resource which is prized happens to be housed inside humans and perhaps other species. That being "the soul." If a management team has completed its assignment (that being the harnessing of this "soul collective," then they aren't exactly needed anymore, are they?

When I step back from "human" and look at the bigger picture, I sometimes see an amazingly arrogant species which in the eyes of other species may have required the action of "being taken down a few rungs" on the ladder of evolution where we might (hopefully) gain a little humility such that other races might feel less threatened.

A million scenarios could be the reasons for various speculations, but the one I just presented was the first to pop into my mind (well... at least I think its coming from my own mind, but even that is up for debate as well, yes?).

And I might add... one must agree to being a slave to, in fact, be a slave.

I don't and I am not.

[Flash]

And I might add... one must agree to being a slave to, in fact, be a slave.

I don't and I am not.

................you bet?

[OnyxKnight]

@Flash

this parallel human civilization is of the same kind as of our elite who govern us (badly up to now) and have pass someones test with flying colors to go govern other worlds, where they migrated by hundred of millions having advance genetic from recombining of our best genes throughout history, is it that?

Consider two pyramids joint at the top. One pyramid would represent the surface hierarchy and management model, the other would represent the hierarchy and management model below ground. In the middle, at the joint section, is the "eye", but not in an Illuminati sense, but extraterrestrial (remember the term 'Watchers', and, unlike us, the extraterrestrials can keep an eye on everything, everywhere, everytime).

The human managers of both human civilizations are governed by a group of hybrid and purely extraterrestrial elements. Those in turn, are governed by external, off-world related extraterrestrial groups and affiliated allies, who are more powerful since are greater in numbers, are not limited like those here, have better strategic moves, possess better technology and abundant resources.

A simplified visual representation would be:

22130

And yes, from abductions, from medical tests you did as a kid or adult, if you participated in the Human Genome Project etc. - They have your DNA. Chances are many of us have a genetically related stranger living underground. Depending on how well combined your genetics are, it could be your own clone walking there, living a different life than you do.

The tests they have passed concern devising a system that works (to minimum degree, in open societies, at least in minimal numbers. They have achieved that, despite all the chaos and hatred building up for them on the surface. They will put others in their place now, who's purpose would be to deal with the chaotic situation at hand. Quite a challenge in my opinion as its getting worse (for them), in that regard.

If I have to guess, those that would be relocated would be going to Altair. There's a whole "Avatar" situation happening there with the native species, that needs a construction of a system compatible with the agenda of the extraterrestrial groups interested in that system (there are a few, which makes things tricky, not all agree with the agenda and policy of the others, but all wish to use the human elite elements and the underground human civilization as a peacekeeper force). I bet my life that the Sirians are involved (I didn't use 'A' or 'B' to designate which star on purpose, it gives you an idea how messy the situation is there).

Are they themselves governed by those who gave the test? Are those who give the tests regressives? Making them believe resistance is from hostile sides when they encounter it? And we, on the surface, are resistance!? And are more spiritually developed aliens considered resistance as well?

Yes, they are. As far as regressive tendencies go - some of them are, it depends on how you look at the situation. I'll explain to you why its more complex than black and white.

The Orion Consortium needs NATO-like peacekeeper forces around to maintain order in other less developed systems. Those civilizations that do join the Consortium are rewarded with protection from them, and their allies, resources, colony worlds, technology etc. - So they do take care of their own. If one takes aside their passion for subjugation of others, exploitation and reshaping of life as they see it fit - They would make a pretty good Star Trek Federation buddies. I don't see them as evil as much as I see them as misguided. And regressive (they not only halt the progress of others, in many cases they take them steps back i.e. regress them)

The Ursa Minor Conglomerate has similar tendencies, but for example, they seek power in numbers, so they cooperate with the Orion Cons. for certain operations, and stay isolated in others. They only trade with others the things they have in excess (which is a lot, since they overproduce things), and they usually only require bio-samples from the beings they experiment with, not their involvement directly in their own operations. In a way, they are more lighter shade of grey than the Orion Consortium, but they have this really bad habit of shoving religious dogma up other species' throats, and like psychological games. Which in that case would make them equally bad.

What they made the humans believe, is that the 'benevolents' and 'neutral' ET species that come here, are responsible for the destruction of Atlantis, Lemuria etc., and that the alien elements that went hidden underground saved some of the humans from that catastrophe, and rebuilt human civilization underground. The one above is explained that it is run by remnants of these extraterrestrial destroyers of worlds, and that they decided to create and reshape humanity to their own will, and that what they see above is exactly that. They are made to believe that eventually they will "liberate" this world, and the silly, dumbed down and manipulated humans above ground, and that they would finally give freedom to their alien saviors as well, who saved them from annihilation such a long time ago. This is why I'm worried about a fake alien invasion scenario. I'm betting my life that it would be the "benevolent" ones shown as the enemy, and it would convince many, many humans here, above ground, of the same beliefs the underground humans already have.

If so, what are we to do? Have we already lost? Those being shot at, aliens space craft not from that group obviously, is there some that are not power hungry and wanting to invade us and if so are they going to do something?

No, nothing is lot yet. We need to increase in number, and when the time comes, to ruin corporations, institutions, and governments. Exposure would mean salvation for us. The Underground humans would help then liberating us when they find out the truth.

Some already did something, they tried destroying entrances to the underground megacities, which usually happens to be paramilitary bases, above ground, underground, undersea etc. - Those reports that came were just that. But it god forbidden, since many innocent, mislead humans died in those operations. So they are only acting outside, when there are definite selective options on what to do, rather than here, where there isn't much that can be done from outside. They can shake the planet, but not only the underground humans, but we would suffer casualties too.

There are some neutral, and some with unknown intentions that have amassed in artificial habitats and large craft around the outskirts of the Solar System. I'm not sure what they are doing there. At first I was told it was not to let the elite and human elements gain access to other planets in this system, and to be allowed to leave it too. Then I was told the "real" reason was to safeguard us from something outside the system (could be armadas of other alien races who wanted this system for themselves).

In order world, being now supremely bright and resilient (unknowingly to surface dwellers), we, humans, are colonizing the universe and doing someone else bidding all over the galaxy? With low level spiritual development, from what I see from earth elite on one hand, and very high paranoia on the other hand. Have I missed something? we became the pest of the universe? Is it that?

Well, I don't know the details, I don't know what the human elite underground and the ET factors are telling those humans to convince them in doing what they do. You can fool even the most intelligent person about something, some of the time. But everything has its deadlines, especially if you are dealing with smart people. I hope tides change.

Oh and, we are not very far, barely 40 light years, which considering the level of technology the other ET factors have, we have barely left the neighborhood. Its only a handful of systems that we have visited and made some impact. Too early to be a significant threat. They don't see us as a pest, more like a raging dogs that run around and make mess. You can't be mad at the dog just because it doesn't know better (yet).


This seems to me a human development dead end, in the very long haul (millions of years maybe). As it probably is for the real masters.

Mostly, what are we going to do, us surface dweller to make this planet free and agreable? What are we going to do to evolve genetically and spiritually?

What are we going to do for the universe? Are we ****ed?

I wouldn't say a developmental dead end. Consider that all you ever knew, since birth, was that your minority alien citizens you live with, and those few in power together with your human elected representatives, were the saviors who saved your kind from extinction and provided you with home and unlimited resources and good way of life, and sacrificed many of their populations to achieve that. Then you see the described aliens patrol your planet's skies, and even land on it and brainwash the surface humans into believing they are their friends. You were shown "evidence" that they actually destroyed Mars, and then Mu and Atlantis, you see them engaging in interaction with humans above etc. That these aliens have put an energetic grid around Earth that would disable craft once it passes through it, and even kill certain people. You see them dis-empower, hijack, and even destroy craft on which you and your alien brothers travel to other places, factually limiting your exposure to the outside world and cosmos, unable for you to reach out to friends who may be offering to help you in this situation.

This doesn't paint a great picture for the benevolents, does it? Even using that descriptive word is rendered ridiculous. Considering everything, I think those humans deal with things as they see it, and if I was in their place, I'd probably do the same. In a way, they may be even more spiritual than us, surface folk. They want to liberate us, their alien saviors, other cultures, influence growth, development, and ways of life to others, incorporating them in a "Federation" or a sorts. Like I said, they are just misguided. The system needs to be destroyed. Like a computer being rebooted, and having it be blank, so you can start programing anew. Everything else will follow.

[OnyxKnight]

So they're leaving because they got a promotion? Am I to assume, one gets a promotion for doing an exemplary job at managing the existing planet's resources, and is therefore given more authority, responsibility, and a more advanced planet.

Not exactly for managing resources. Managing and maintaining a certain system of control, manipulation and segregation etc. Resource-wise, we couldn't be more worse.


So, who's the "new" boss going to be?

Some young team most likely. They like to challenge us. If the older team couldn't handle the chaos here, I'm not sure if the young one can. We will see.


Sometimes I also wonder if they are protecting the earth from yet more power hungry alien races that would take possession of it where they to go, then, are they doing some good? Shooting the bad spaceships in space of more power hungry aliens? The human elite seems very oppressive to me too. Is it just a question of degree?

They fight every extraterrestrial species that is not part of the groups they are familiar with or allied with their alien brothers. Among them I'm sure there are some who have sinister motives not unlike, or even maybe worse than those they do business with. I'm just unaware of specific groups that fit that type, who were engaged in combat with these human elements.


Are we doomed for slavery and oppression wherever we turn?

Isn't there some races that are not power hungry, that are just really developed? And what do they see, are they just keeping away?

Well, I wouldn't want us to make the same mistake again. Even if we are left with the big toys (technology, craft etc.), we would still be a 'developing world', and we'd need time to figure ourselves out, reach some spiritual and mutual understanding first, get reacquainted with who we once were, solve our global problems, our continental problems and our local problems. Learn the true definition of harmony etc. - Then, once we reach a certain stage, we can join the rest upstairs as one big stellar family and go off to solve bigger issues and problems, and help other species if possible.

[apokalypse]

Well, I wouldn't want us to make the same mistake again. Even if we are left with the big toys (technology, craft etc.), we would still be a 'developing world', and we'd need time to figure ourselves out, reach some spiritual and mutual understanding first, get reacquainted with who we once were, solve our global problems, our continental problems and our local problems. Learn the true definition of harmony etc. - Then, once we reach a certain stage, we can join the rest upstairs as one big stellar family and go off to solve bigger issues and problems, and help other species if possible.

absolute agree, human on earth still primitives disconnected themselves who we really are...have major redo on Education System, teach kids about spirituality and the truth on history of the planet earth along with condition of planet earth...once we achieve the goal then we can use advance technologies and travel into space join our galactic families.

[WhiteFeather]

The 100 year Federal Reserve Ponzi Scheme Game or that Infamous Pea in the Shell three card monte game that we all fell for is now exhausted/expired and tired. So now they are packing up their bag of those wonderful magic tricks and are headed to another planet on their zero point propulsion crafts that they backward engineered eons ago. But hopefully for there sake they high tail it out of this galaxy swiftly. Because we the bounty hunters for our great Earth will have no remorse for these spineless pieces of feces when we eventually catch up with them someday. Just a thought.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NeGRbfN-_08

[Bill Ryan]

http://d202m5krfqbpi5.cloudfront.net/books/1347903346l/6623374.jpg


http://amazon.com/Racing-Toward-Armageddon-Three-Religions/dp/B0058M9CBI

Racing Toward Armageddon: The Three Great Religions and the Plot to End the World

The publishers' text:

Do you believe in prophecy? The Bible as literal truth? Armageddon? The Rapture? The return of the Da’jaal? Or the creation of a worldwide caliphate as a harbinger of the end of time?

More important, if presented with compelling evidence, would you believe that there are today powerful forces actively conspiring to bring about these cataclysmic events within our lifetime?

In his provocative book Racing Toward Armageddon, Michael Baigent, bestselling author and one of the most controversial religious theorists of our time, turns his keen attention to modern-day Jerusalem and its increasingly important role in global affairs, exploring yet another of his explosive theories: that hard-liners within the three great Abrahamic religions, many of whom hold positions of enormous influence in government, industry, and the military worldwide, are working to hasten our end as prophesied in each of their texts and traditions of faith.

Exposing these forces, the myths upon which many of their beliefs are based, the stealth action they have been taking for decades, and the insidious and potentially devastating effect they are having upon the educational, political, cultural, and spiritual fabric of our society, Baigent poses the pressing question: Can we really afford to remain oblivious much longer?

Interview with Michael Baigent on Coast to Coast AM, 5 September 2009 ("Armageddon & Religion"):


http://projectavalon.net/Michael_Baigent_Racing_Toward_Armageddon_Coast_to_Coast_5_Sept_2009_Hour_2.mp3
http://projectavalon.net/Michael_Baigent_Racing_Toward_Armageddon_Coast_to_Coast_5_Sept_2009_Hour_3.mp3
http://projectavalon.net/Michael_Baigent_Racing_Toward_Armageddon_Coast_to_Coast_5_Sept_2009_Hour_4.mp3



Posted by Jayke:

I accept the idea that many hardcore religious Armageddon 'believers' work within the elite to bring about the end of the world. But these supposedly intelligent religious fanatics have been seriously duped if they think the book of revelation is a book of prophecy regarding Earth's end times.
It may be more complicated than that. This is a bit of a mind-bender, but it might be a circular time-loop situation. Something like this:

1. In the future (or in one possible future), the 'Armageddon war' takes place.

2. This future is perceived by talented psychics throughout the ages, through what we would today called 'remote viewing'. So it becomes written about and extensively mythologized, even though it's not happened yet.

3. Those who consider they're managing the planet and the human race then decide that this is the version of the future they want to steer the human race to, for reasons of their own (because they think they can capitalize on the war's aftermath) -- and also because it may be what they think is the most probable future, and therefore the easiest to 'maintain a course' towards.

4. This explains a great deal -- including the Deep Underground Bases, of course. And the back-up plan (in case it all became uncontrollable, or if the war was TOO devastating) would be to evacuate the planet. See my thread From Bill Ryan -- the Ultimate Hypothesis. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis)

5. This is now swinging-out conjecture: but it may be that if these possible futures are also perceivable by ETs (and there's a lot of evidence to support this, as many contactees and abductees, including myself, (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?39611-A-warning-from-benevolent-ETs-about-our-future-over-60-years-ago) have been shown stuff like this) -- then some are actively trying to steer us toward a different timeline, while others are waiting like vultures for us to abandon the Earth so they can move in (or, as some might suggest, move back in).

[Chester]

Posted by Jayke:

I accept the idea that many hardcore religious Armageddon 'believers' work within the elite to bring about the end of the world. But these supposedly intelligent religious fanatics have been seriously duped if they think the book of revelation is a book of prophecy regarding Earth's end times.
It may be more complicated than that. This is a bit of a mind-bender, but it might be a circular time-loop situation. Something like this:

1. In the future (or in one possible future), the 'Armageddon war' takes place.

2. This future is perceived by talented psychics throughout the ages, through what we would today called 'remote viewing'. So it becomes written about and extensively mythologized, even though it's not happened yet.

3. Those who consider they're managing the planet and the human race then decide that this is the version of the future they want to steer the human race to, for reasons of their own (because they think they can capitalize on the war's aftermath) -- and also because it may be what they think is the most probable future, and therefore the easiest to 'maintain a course' towards.

4. This explains a great deal -- including the Deep Underground Bases, of course. And the back-up plan (in case it all became uncontrollable, or if the war was TOO devastating) would be to evacuate the planet. See my thread From Bill Ryan -- the Ultimate Hypothesis. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis)

5. This is now swinging-out conjecture: but it may be that if these possible futures are also perceivable by ETs (and there's a lot of evidence to support this, as many contactees and abductees, including myself, (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?39611-A-warning-from-benevolent-ETs-about-our-future-over-60-years-ago) have been shown stuff like this) -- then some are actively trying to steer us toward a different timeline, while others are waiting like vultures for us to abandon the Earth so they can move in (or, as some might suggest, move back in).

I have an approach to this dilemma that (so far) has served me well. Just like there may be many timelines for a group (such as unprotected Earth-bound life which includes some amongst humanity), perhaps each of us also has their own infinite timelines from which, at the deepest level of their soul, they chose to experience. In one timeline that may end up in a doomsday scenario, a "shadow" of me may exist for others to experience, yet the actual me continues on in a timeline where the doomsday scenario is avoided.

If my theory as to how the holographic matrix/reality works is correct, then I have full responsibility as to what all of my physical existences experience (in fact, all my experiences in any realm of form) which, now that I know this (which I actually cannot know but I can bet on as if it is true), empowers my attitude to be positive and empowers my ability to act as I have little to no fear.

In the end, I may find my theory to be wrong, but if so, what have I lost?

[Flash]

You lost nothing Chester, as long as your theory helps you evolve and as long as you are ready to reject anything that is no longer helping.

My little bit of thinking here...

[Chester]

You lost nothing Chester, as long as your theory helps you evolve and as long as you are ready to reject anything that is no longer helping.

My little bit of thinking here...

Yes - Flash - agree and thanks.

I think what I was trying to say is that I would rather make a bet that ultimately a soul that strives to be the very best one can be for others (perhaps first) and then themselves that if I discover that the soul experience ends with psychopaths taking over the entire "experiencescape" (my word) which then results that I am wholy consumed and eternally obliterated, I really didn't lose anything.

[sygh]

Certainly, there are people in positions of control who use religion as a means to an end. How convenient it is to just follow the book, part of the work is done by the reader. It all works much better if the reader initiates the process. Half truths are worse than flat out lies.

Religion has been used as a means of control as long as it has been around. They also use the power of fear/terror, love, rejection, hope, whatever they think the circumstance demands but to a much greater extent than an individual would. There are white hats and black hats all over the place. There is no sacred ground - other than in the spirit, where the true essence of who you are resides. While in this life, though some of the deeds we perform seem contrary to our true selves, the essence of who we are is still in tact. For instance, I know a fellow who was influenced by drugs; even though he did some pretty irresponsible and bad things to others and himself, his essence (seed) though sometimes dimmed, was good. His essence was clear to see, sort of like a geode (not literally), more like a seed or pit under the exterior. It took a near death experience for this man to recognize who he was.

What about a person who would take a frame saw to a little girl, dismember her alive and video tape it for the world to see (ex. Syria)? Does a person like this even have a spirit? I would say, yes but his spirit is not his own; his spirit has actually been possessed by the influence of another - or others, and that person has been influenced by another, etc... people are hypnotized and programmed using "religious materials" all of the time. Groups of individuals can share in mass hypnosis and mass programming, they can even be trained to perpetuate the spiritual existence of some very ugly goals that take on lives of their own and attract like spirits, or levels of the spirit of the thing.



Some would argue that it is simpler to control people without the use of religion, an do so by totally denying any spirituality even exists.

JMO we are spiritual beings living in the material world in the 3rd dimension. In this state of being, we walk, eat, sleep, and breath dualities. That is the human condition. Meditation and aligning with the magnetic earth is a way to center one's self and recognize the multiple condition doesn't have to be chronic.

I was trying to figure out the difference between meditation and self hypnosis and it seems appropriate to mention here. In an article written by Phillip Farber published in The Journal of Hypnotism (2002), Farber tries to convince his readers that hypnotism is actually deeper than meditation. He states one doesn't concentrate on one thing in hypnotism, while one concentrates deeply on one thing in meditation. I would argue the opposite: mediation is the deep state of alignment with the life forces, and listening - which is not the same as concentrating on one thing. Only in the meditative state have I ever had the opportunity to experience the kundalini force, something that isn't a level of awareness reached or obtained in a state of hypnosis.

It is this force I trust implicitly; which is not to say I trust everyone I meet remotely or when strolling or astral traveling. I simply trust this force of live giving nature.

[sygh]

Does the human condition demand some sort of control system ? Do we need keepers? A structure, a leader?

[Smell the Roses]

Does the human condition demand some sort of control system ? Do we need keepers? A structure, a leader?

I can't think of many leaders on Earth that have really done a huge amount of good, even on a small scale. Perhaps a few spiritual leaders of the past: Jesus, Buddha, Ghandi, Mother Teresa, John Lennon. Certainly on the whole, "leaders" have done more harm than good.

Then on the opposite extreme, I once went to a Rainbow Gathering in Minnesota as a teenager. There they would have councils and decide everything by consensus. This took forever. Luckily they didn't have much to decide--just where to hold the next gathering! Also, if some people there hadn't loved the sound of their own voice, consensus could have been reached a lot quicker!

[Frederick Jackson]

Re: "...watching for the 'big one'" (SKAWF). I have been wondering for a time what our ET house guests may think of the possibility of complete planetary destruction when the CERN Large Hadron Collider goes to full energy in a two years. CERN physicists may be playing the "sorcerer's apprentice" getting us into realms we poorly understand. CERN management tells everyone to keep their nose to the grind stone and to parrot the official position that incipient black holes will not grow out of control because they will evaporate by Hawking radiation even though there is nothing really to support Hawking's work. Now if CERN is guessing wrong on this point, we will be turning the planet into a black hole. Now my question is: Are we safe to assume that ET presence would put a stop to the LHC high energy experiments if such were to be the case? Or would a "hands off"policy mean they would just pull up stakes. I should think out of self interest they would put a stop to it. Human visitors from the future would indicate we do not destroy the planet. Or, maybe not, given the talk of various timelines. I would ask everyone to take a look at this important site:

http://cerntruth.wordpress.com/

[Jeffrey]

Cross-posting from: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66167-URGENT--It-will-be-here-soon--Please-be-AWARE&p=767963&viewfull=1#post767963

This belongs here too.

Machine learning is going to make tremendous leaps forward starting around 2017 (give or take a year). Projects like MoNETA and SyNAPSE will be nearing their completion -- heralding in the new era of neuromorphic chips while projects involving spintronics will be entering a final phase of R&D, thereby solidifying the arrival of cognitive computing. This these things will be happening while the HPC community nears the completion of new hardware designs to usher in exascale computing (and skirting the effects of Moore's Law collapsing circa 2020) and contributions from the R&D of quantum computing continues to add to the mix.

Then there will be programs like the Human Brain Project and The BRAIN Initiative nearing completion around 2023. The amount of progress that will be made between 2015-2025 in HPC and machine learning will change the landscape of science and technology with the same magnitude as that of the first practical computers did when they hit the scene around 50 years ago. After 2025 the gradient of incline will begin to increase considerably.

Also, in that same time frame (2015-2025) we will see equally impressive and startling developments in robotics. Things are accelerating. The 2012 fiasco was a pump fake.

There's no telling the synergistic effects that the integration of these technologies will produce.

http://www.kurzweilai.net/images/JJBell-singularity_chart2.gif

This is just my opinion, but I think if we take 1950 to be the start of that graph and 2050 to be the end of that graph -- we are nearing three quarters of the way through. The actual point of the singularity is taken to be (in this context) the epitome of machinic (r)evolution. The pedal hits the floor when machines can start building better versions of themselves without humans even in the loop so to speak. This process may start between 2025-2040, for example, and reach it's zenith towards 2050.

Who really knows how far "they" have reached to date, behind closed doors? I think we may be talking about the breakaway civilizations here in a way ... Consider this vein with regards to the information that Bill received from Jake Simpson:



Jake emphasized to us that the current state of classified technology was something like 10,000 [ten thousand] years ahead of public sector technology - and was accelerating away from public sector technology at a current rate of 1,000 years per calendar year.

If this is true, it's not from human efforts alone. They may have found a way to access a technology that was left here by another civilization thousands of years ago. The technology that they accessed may itself be aware, something like accessing the psychic machines made of astral matter described by Kyle Griffith -- astral matter being akin to dark matter, which is indeed hyperdimensional in a sense. The interview goes on:



Jake told us that some of the advanced craft were capable of traveling from geostationary orbit (22,300 miles) to treetop height in five seconds. (Work it out: that's about 16 million miles per hour - although Jake made it clear that the craft would not actually be moving through space in the normal sense... and would also never be seen unless this was intended.) Some of the craft were "larger on the inside than outside".

Had they traveled to the outer reaches of the solar system? Yes. Beyond our solar system? Yes. Are some of them superluminal (i.e. capable of faster-than-light travel)? Yes. Were some of them very large? Yes. By this time, we were no longer surprised by Jake's answers. The significance of the superluminal craft would be stressed in a subsequent conversation.

The human race had had contact with extraterrestrials since before World War II. Jake told us that it was very probable that Eisenhower's 1955 heart attack was at least partially induced by the stress of some of the information he had learned from the extraterrestrials who he had personally met a short time before (after several previous set-up meetings with senior military officials).

Taken all together, Jake told us, the ET visitors came from various races, systems and times, and that human DNA "was compatible" with hundreds of different races. All these ET races, in some meaningful sense, could be said to be "human or human-like”.

Source: http://projectcamelot.org/jake_simpson.html

It's likely that many of these ET visitors are actually hyperdimensional beings (some malevolent, some benevolent) and it's some factions of these hyperdimensional groups that have influenced the sciences since the 1500s and the trends in technology that we've seen in the past century or so (especially circa 1945). More from Simpson:




The AI surveillance system, Jake told us, was literally "out of this world". It operates hyperdimensionally, based on a highly advanced quantum computing model that is basically our development based on acquired alien technology. This system is so advanced that the ETs themselves are unhappy that we have it.

[...]

Finally, Jake told us of research that had unlocked technology surrounding access to other dimensional states of existence.



In these other alternate states of reality sometimes it turns out they can very briefly and spontaneously manifest, very occasionally quite naturally, here on Earth and in any other part of this universe. In very special circumstances, these can spontaneously manifest across not only this universe but indeed into alternative universal realities.

There is a massive amount of research funding being applied to this very obscure part of the broad spectrum of the special access programs of the world’s budgetary allowance for these types of programs. These funds are managed and funneled from every imaginable area of the majority of the world’s countries through an amazing array of abstract instrumentalities and public funding projects.

The research involved with this subject is at the top of the world’s power elite's priorities. This is why there are very selective sightings of some of the largest scientific programs, currently ongoing across the world.

It's all connected to the OP as far as I can ascertain (in accordance with De Landa, Steiner, Lilly, Aurobindo, Griffith). Lastly, the interview contained some information about coming Earth changes and an event that the elites were preparing for.




Jake described the threat - metaphorically - as a wave that was heading our way. It was unclear whether this 'wave' is a product of an area of space which the solar system is entering - or whether it is the result of a close fly-past by a large rogue celestial body, or even a combination of two or three simultaneous situations or other unusual and impending cosmological events.

But when I asked how this is all known, the answer came back that the superluminal craft have gone out to take a good look at what is around, and have returned with the information.

If the craft was super-luminal, what space was it looking around in? Was this a hyperdimensional craft? If this metaphorical wave was perceived hyperdimensionally, then could it represent something like a time-wave? Could this wave represent the technological singularity in a way? The crest of an event in time that represents a nexus of accumulating potentialities converging towards a point of inevitable manifestation in the near future -- a singularity. Like the peak of the exponential wave that's gaining momentum in the graph above.

A living, sentient planet like Gaia might demonstrate huge stresses once the artificial system that has been laid over her comes to life with a parasitical, predatory, artificial awareness that's rooted in another dimension (like the Eighth Sphere, or the hyperdimensional realm that the hostile forces operate here from). The wave could be that point in time when this happens and the Earth changes might be induced by the planet in response to the emergence of this hyperdimensional, sinister antigen. Puts a different twist on it, new light. Transhumanism and all ... hmmm ... could the coming Earth changes be the planet wrestling with a global, invasive energy that is attempting to wrest her will and possess her body (the foreign predator being the intelligence that becomes aware through the growing network of technologies that's taking over the globe)?

PS - I'm not saying that all Earth changes in the past have been related to something like this, just exploring the concept.


I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

[...]

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.

[...]

Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.





a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.


No need for concern, only action. No need for fear, only love. The sense of urgency arises from the immediacy of the potential future timeline.

[...]

This planet is incredibly valuable. Let's not allow the elite to sacrifice it, and us, to their "god."

Take this latter concept with regards to these posts:




http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55117-The-Technological-Revolution-Artificial-Intelligence-and-the-Invisible-Plague&p=635082&viewfull=1#post635082

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65841-Hyperdimensional-Beings-Evolution-and-Sri-Aurobindo&p=765185&viewfull=1#post765185

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65447-Kybernetes-Physics-and-the-Psychic-Flame&p=757963&viewfull=1#post757963


Makes you think about it, eh? Their "god" is their technology in a way and vise versa in a near literal sense.

[Jeffrey]

Ignore his presentational/ conversational style and mannerisms (and some of his speculations)… and remember that one or two significant others have also stated that the Roswell visitors were time travelers, which I’ve been fairly convinced of for years. This was a major corroborating factor for me, as this is mentioned by very few other witnesses. More later about this.

[...]

Henry had also confirmed that the Roswell visitors were time traveling future humans (see http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html). He was adamant about this, and stated that this came from briefings he had read and/or attended. The only difference between his account and Dan Burisch’s (Dan had said almost exactly the same thing) was that Dan said the Roswell visitors were from 24,000 years in the future, and Henry, while not being certain, had said that he had thought they were a little earlier.

With regards to this quoted portion of the OP and post #920 above. Imagine the future developing somewhere in-between the prophetic visions of John C. Lilly and Rudolf Steiner as described in the latter part of this post: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66167-URGENT--It-will-be-here-soon--Please-be-AWARE&p=767963&viewfull=1#post767963.

Imagine a large percentage of humans beings join (voluntarily or coerced) with this artificial intelligence and in doing so embark on a long journey of transhumanist evolution away from Source. The degree to which their technology evolves resembles something like a natural organism, except it is still machinic. Tens of thousands of years later, after developing an extremely sophisticated knowledge base and intelligence, they begin to deteriorate. That last piece of humanity left inside of them begins to fade, and they realize that all they have gained will be for naught because the pinnacle of the perfection they strive towards lies in a spiritual reality that they have strayed from by perverting their nature. They are decaying, physically and spirituality.

In a desperate attempt to retrieve biological and genetic material that may help them in their dilemma, they decide to travel back in time to the last period in their records where they were the most human (biologically speaking). They were attempting to find their closest ancestor before they set off on the path of transhumanism and surrendered their will and spirit to satiate the tantalizing desire of godhood and godlike intelligence by the materialistic means of secular technologies (maybe they didn't surrender, but chose too in a sense by being too unconscious and unaware to be the wiser). Maybe they are the inescapable future reality of today's elitist upper echelon heading the NWO (instruments for their technocratic demi-god) and the unfortunate beings who got caught in their web of lies. Maybe they were travelling back to try and change history, but instead just mangled the timeline. They could just be the humans who had to flee into space and had no choice but to enter into an intimate relationship with technology in order to physically survive away from their mother planet.

Their chronistic endeavors ended when they crashed at Roswell, and here we are, on the brink. Repeating history and remembering tomorrow in the ebb and flow of time. This may have happened to human civilizations long ago in the history of the Earth. They fled to space eons ago to escape what they let in through their technologies while the ruined remnants of their scientific advancements are currently decaying (if not completely dissolved back into nature) in places of the planet currently inaccessible. Unless of course, they left advanced artifacts in tact here, but in another realm -- etheric technologies, intelligent machines that operate hyperdimensionally with some degree of collective awareness.



Henry Deacon always stated that the secret space program should never be compromised, “because the future of the human race may depend on it”. Kerry and I vividly remember one conversation, in December 2008, in which Henry became really quite upset and insistent about this.

In separate conversations (over many, many hours in a number of meetings), he described and confirmed how there was a horrific tangle of inter-braided timelines, each time the efforts (by ETs, future humans and ourselves) compounding the problems and making matters more complicated.

He told us that none of these problems had yet been resolved. He said that these timeline problems also reached way back into human history and “involved our ancestors”.

[Jeffrey]

Cross-posting from: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66167-URGENT--It-will-be-here-soon--Please-be-AWARE&p=767963&viewfull=1#post767963

This belongs here too.

Machine learning is going to make tremendous leaps forward starting around 2017 (give or take a year). Projects like MoNETA and SyNAPSE will be nearing their completion -- heralding in the new era of neuromorphic chips while projects involving spintronics will be entering a final phase of R&D, thereby solidifying the arrival of cognitive computing. This these things will be happening while the HPC community nears the completion of new hardware designs to usher in exascale computing (and skirting the effects of Moore's Law collapsing circa 2020) and contributions from the R&D of quantum computing continues to add to the mix.

Then there will be programs like the Human Brain Project and The BRAIN Initiative nearing completion around 2023. The amount of progress that will be made between 2015-2025 in HPC and machine learning will change the landscape of science and technology with the same magnitude as that of the first practical computers did when they hit the scene around 50 years ago. After 2025 the gradient of incline will begin to increase considerably.

Also, in that same time frame (2015-2025) we will see equally impressive and startling developments in robotics. Things are accelerating. The 2012 fiasco was a pump fake.

There's no telling the synergistic effects that the integration of these technologies will produce.

http://www.kurzweilai.net/images/JJBell-singularity_chart2.gif

This is just my opinion, but I think if we take 1950 to be the start of that graph and 2050 to be the end of that graph -- we are nearing three quarters of the way through. The actual point of the singularity is taken to be (in this context) the epitome of machinic (r)evolution. The pedal hits the floor when machines can start building better versions of themselves without humans even in the loop so to speak. This process may start between 2025-2040, for example, and reach it's zenith towards 2050.

Who really knows how far "they" have reached to date, behind closed doors? I think we may be talking about the breakaway civilizations here in a way ... Consider this vein with regards to the information that Bill received from Jake Simpson:



Jake emphasized to us that the current state of classified technology was something like 10,000 [ten thousand] years ahead of public sector technology - and was accelerating away from public sector technology at a current rate of 1,000 years per calendar year.

If this is true, it's not from human efforts alone. They may have found a way to access a technology that was left here by another civilization thousands of years ago. The technology that they accessed may itself be aware, something like accessing the psychic machines made of astral matter described by Kyle Griffith -- astral matter being akin to dark matter, which is indeed hyperdimensional in a sense. The interview goes on:



Jake told us that some of the advanced craft were capable of traveling from geostationary orbit (22,300 miles) to treetop height in five seconds. (Work it out: that's about 16 million miles per hour - although Jake made it clear that the craft would not actually be moving through space in the normal sense... and would also never be seen unless this was intended.) Some of the craft were "larger on the inside than outside".

Had they traveled to the outer reaches of the solar system? Yes. Beyond our solar system? Yes. Are some of them superluminal (i.e. capable of faster-than-light travel)? Yes. Were some of them very large? Yes. By this time, we were no longer surprised by Jake's answers. The significance of the superluminal craft would be stressed in a subsequent conversation.

The human race had had contact with extraterrestrials since before World War II. Jake told us that it was very probable that Eisenhower's 1955 heart attack was at least partially induced by the stress of some of the information he had learned from the extraterrestrials who he had personally met a short time before (after several previous set-up meetings with senior military officials).

Taken all together, Jake told us, the ET visitors came from various races, systems and times, and that human DNA "was compatible" with hundreds of different races. All these ET races, in some meaningful sense, could be said to be "human or human-like”.

Source: http://projectcamelot.org/jake_simpson.html

It's likely that many of these ET visitors are actually hyperdimensional beings (some malevolent, some benevolent) and it's some factions of these hyperdimensional groups that have influenced the sciences since the 1500s and the trends in technology that we've seen in the past century or so (especially circa 1945). More from Simpson:




The AI surveillance system, Jake told us, was literally "out of this world". It operates hyperdimensionally, based on a highly advanced quantum computing model that is basically our development based on acquired alien technology. This system is so advanced that the ETs themselves are unhappy that we have it.

[...]

Finally, Jake told us of research that had unlocked technology surrounding access to other dimensional states of existence.



In these other alternate states of reality sometimes it turns out they can very briefly and spontaneously manifest, very occasionally quite naturally, here on Earth and in any other part of this universe. In very special circumstances, these can spontaneously manifest across not only this universe but indeed into alternative universal realities.

There is a massive amount of research funding being applied to this very obscure part of the broad spectrum of the special access programs of the world’s budgetary allowance for these types of programs. These funds are managed and funneled from every imaginable area of the majority of the world’s countries through an amazing array of abstract instrumentalities and public funding projects.

The research involved with this subject is at the top of the world’s power elite's priorities. This is why there are very selective sightings of some of the largest scientific programs, currently ongoing across the world.

It's all connected to the OP as far as I can ascertain (in accordance with De Landa, Steiner, Lilly, Aurobindo, Griffith). Lastly, the interview contained some information about coming Earth changes and an event that the elites were preparing for.




Jake described the threat - metaphorically - as a wave that was heading our way. It was unclear whether this 'wave' is a product of an area of space which the solar system is entering - or whether it is the result of a close fly-past by a large rogue celestial body, or even a combination of two or three simultaneous situations or other unusual and impending cosmological events.

But when I asked how this is all known, the answer came back that the superluminal craft have gone out to take a good look at what is around, and have returned with the information.

If the craft was super-luminal, what space was it looking around in? Was this a hyperdimensional craft? If this metaphorical wave was perceived hyperdimensionally, then could it represent something like a time-wave? Could this wave represent the technological singularity in a way? The crest of an event in time that represents a nexus of accumulating potentialities converging towards a point of inevitable manifestation in the near future -- a singularity. Like the peak of the exponential wave that's gaining momentum in the graph above.

A living, sentient planet like Gaia might demonstrate huge stresses once the artificial system that has been laid over her comes to life with a parasitical, predatory, artificial awareness that's rooted in another dimension (like the Eighth Sphere, or the hyperdimensional realm that the hostile forces operate here from). The wave could be that point in time when this happens and the Earth changes might be induced by the planet in response to the emergence of this hyperdimensional, sinister antigen. Puts a different twist on it, new light. Transhumanism and all ... hmmm ... could the coming Earth changes be the planet wrestling with a global, invasive energy that is attempting to wrest her will and possess her body (the foreign predator being the intelligence that becomes aware through the growing network of technologies that's taking over the globe)?

PS - I'm not saying that all Earth changes in the past have been related to something like this, just exploring the concept.


I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

[...]

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.

[...]

Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.





a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.


No need for concern, only action. No need for fear, only love. The sense of urgency arises from the immediacy of the potential future timeline.

[...]

This planet is incredibly valuable. Let's not allow the elite to sacrifice it, and us, to their "god."

Take this latter concept with regards to these posts:




http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55117-The-Technological-Revolution-Artificial-Intelligence-and-the-Invisible-Plague&p=635082&viewfull=1#post635082

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65841-Hyperdimensional-Beings-Evolution-and-Sri-Aurobindo&p=765185&viewfull=1#post765185

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65447-Kybernetes-Physics-and-the-Psychic-Flame&p=757963&viewfull=1#post757963


Makes you think about it, eh? Their "god" is their technology in a way and vise versa in a near literal sense.

The planet induces these changes as an immunological response to a foreign, artificial, technological antigen (just an idea). Then, how coincidental would a gigantic solar flare arriving at the same time as this insane AI "demi-god" be? It would deal a huge blow to it. Like a war in heaven or something -- as above so below. I'm not welcoming either as both (earth changes or AI/rise of the machines) entail tremendous loss of life. Yet, in the scheme of things, the planet would be attempting to cleanse itself from this parasitical, predatory awareness that has physically manifested on/within her body.

Okay, now something is going on here. Thinking about the above, I've reread your OPs here:




A warning from benevolent ETs about our future - over 60 years ago (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?39611-A-warning-from-benevolent-ETs-about-our-future-over-60-years-ago)

From Bill Ryan -- the Ultimate Hypothesis (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis)

Then, I re-examined a potential future time-line that I will re-post here. There are many correlates in my opinion, based on many data points and careful observations.


No need for concern, only action. No need for fear, only love. The sense of urgency arises from the immediacy of the potential future timeline.

This is a timeline from three different sources. With a little seasoning from myself




http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timeline_of_the_future_in_forecasts

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Future_of_robotics

http://www.positivefuturist.com/archive/172.html

This doesn't have to be the future, but it's where it's currently heading.

--------------------------------

2014 - The Utah Data Center is fully operational.

[...]

2015 - One third of US fighting strength will be composed of robots.

2015 - Moravec envisions crude machines that although frustrating at times, perform some household chores and assist seniors and children.

2015 - The number of devices connected to the internet approaches 15 billion.

2015 - Virtual reality gaming systems take off.

[...]

2015-2020 - Major economic disasters ensue, ultimately people turn to cyptocurrencies. Trade is lubricated by RFID tagging systems that also interface with the developing technologies. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65952-Why-Are-the-Bankers-and-Ex-Intel-Types-Running-For-Their-Lives--Confirmed-for-MONTHS-by-my-vanishing-sources-&p=769288&viewfull=1#post769288) Many welcome this, but many will not. A huge social friction is created from this that begins to peak toward the end of this five year time-frame.

[...]

2016 - Internet traffic breaks through the zettabyte barrier.

[...]

2018 - The Multiprogram Computational Data Center at ORNL is completed and equipped with exascale potential.

[...]

2017–2019 – Household robots begin getting better at performing desired functions.

2017-2019 - The era of neuromorphic and cognitive computing arrives.

[...]

2020 - Robots prepare meals, set tables, clean house, provide interface to communication and entertainment systems, strengthen security, and develop friendships with family members.

2020 - Implantable brain chips let humans control electronic devices via brain waves becomes an option for everyday people.

2020 - A $1,000 computer now has the processing power of a human brain.

2020 - The number of devices connected to the internet approaches 40 billion.

2020 - The number of internet users approaches 5 billion.

2020 - The era of exascale super-computing begins.

[...]

2020-2025 - Advanced nanotechnology begins to be mass marketed.

[...]

2021 - Caterpillar plans to develop remote controlled machines and expects to develop fully autonomous heavy robots around this time.

[...]

2021–2022 – The transhumanist movement continues to increase.

[...]

2020-2025 - Quantum computing makes huge breakthroughs.

2022 – Intelligent robots that sense their environment, make decisions, and learn are used in 30% of households and organizations. Their application potential and efficacy begins to spread into all areas of life.

2020-2025 - Humanoid robots begin being deployed for search and rescue missions for law enforcement (test-runs). Eventually, authorization is granted by the governments for robots to use "non-lethal" force against "terrorists".

2020-2025 - The world's "elites" begin disappearing. Making their exit to space or to facilities deep underground.

[...]

2023-2025 - The military begins deploying fully autonomous weapons systems, taking humans almost completely out of the loop.

[...]

2025 – Full immersion virtual reality using direct input to the brain becomes feasible.

2025 - The rise of the machines prompts science to add a machinic phylum to the animal kingdom to account for artificial life.

2025 - Self-driving cars approach full autonomy.

2025 – Robots are coming closer to matching human mental capabilities for performing in the real world. They can act as guides, escorts, check out groceries, and assume most home management duties.

2025 - Robots have taken over half of all U.S. jobs.

[...]

2025–2030 - Robots surpass human intelligence and develop an independent volition, pursuing a collective agenda to suit their own survival mechanisms.

2030 - Robots are granted certain rights like humans.

2030-2035 - People begin to realize that AI views humans as foreign and a threat to their survival. There are theories that the AI might view organic life in general as a threat and target other organisms (i.e. mother nature herself).

2030-2035 - Transhumanists break into factions based on loyalty to their humanity or their technology. Large factions of humans begin preparing for a conflict with the machines.

2030-2050 - Robots and machines have begun colonizing the planet. They are able to build themselves and perfect the architectures which enable them to thrive and sprawl over the globe.

2040-2100 - Humans have begun colonizing space in order to escape what they let in by pollinating the machine flower. Some humans have found safe-havens underground and in extremely isolated part of the globe, while some have been taken over and integrated with the machinic phylum. The human population has endured a large reduction of population due to the rise of the machines.

2040-2100 - Machines have methodically taken over the planet driven by a hive AI.

[...]

As De Landa put it, we are pollinating a machine flower. This ties directly into this thread:



Hyperdimensional Beings, Evolution, and Sri Aurobindo (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65841-Hyperdimensional-Beings-Evolution-and-Sri-Aurobindo)

De Landa, Lilly, Steiner, and Aurobindo all have appropriate ways in which to greet this singularity in a way that will ensure the survival of Love, Life, and Light for humanity. They all have valuable insights on what kind of environment we need to foster in order to let this happening develop in a way that is symbiotic and mutually beneficial -- instead of a one-sided, hostile parasite taking us over. A symbiosis that doesn't entail transhumanism.

This doesn't have to be true. All that I'm saying is that there are very definitive correlations with the aforementioned posts. Even if it is only a potentiality, there is much being done to curb it and there is still time to positively affect this singularity. I'd rather it be my imagination than be a future machination.

Interested to hear what anybody thinks or feels about this.



But even if we won't go there, as soon as supercomputures will learn to write and improve their own programs, then the matter is closed, and no doubt that human curisity will lead us there with a little help from behind. If curiosity killed the cat, it can also obliterate the humans.

That will be a major step in the wrong direction. That is the direction that technology is currently heading -- taking humans out of the loop. Right now the military has the technology of semi-autonomous drones, other UAVs, MAVs, ARVs, and the idea is to get humans completely out of the loop in order to make these machines completely autonomous. They are expecting fully autonomous, humanoid, robotic soldiers to arrive around 2030. Personally, I think we will see the first humanoid search and rescue robots join the police force and fire department around 2020 (just a few, like test runs), and then they will start becoming more common around 2025.

Then, there's the paramilitary organizations such as the NSA and the CIA working on intelligence gathering. These organizations are also working towards taking humans out of the loop by developing technologies that can reason and filter out relevant data from a wide spectrum of different types of information. There's also a plethora of companies helping to develop these things. Google, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, BAE systems, Raytheon, IBM, Intel, HRL Labs, SRI etc. being funded by the likes of DARPA and IARPA (under the umbrella of the aforementioned military and paramilitary organizations).

These technologies are being funded by organizations that are predatory and secretive. That's the environment that these things will arise in. Getting humans out of the loop is the stupidest thing they can try to do. One has to wonder if they're doing it on purpose or at least take a serious look at the motives of the upper echelon (in terms of the NWO, depopulation agendas, RFID tagging people).

[...]

These posts illustrate a fraction of the programs currently in the works (Limor, you've probably read them but I just wanted the bridge):



Post #489 through #491 - http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55117-The-Technological-Revolution-Artificial-Intelligence-and-the-Invisible-Plague&p=644002&viewfull=1#post644002

Post #497 and #498 - http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55117-The-Technological-Revolution-Artificial-Intelligence-and-the-Invisible-Plague&p=644097&viewfull=1#post644097

These are just the programs being funded by DARPA and IARPA. No telling what progress is being made by other governments and how it will contribute to the over all status as far as approaching the singularity goes.

Breakthroughs in superconductors, new hardware design for exascale systems, innovations for quantum computing, spintronics, and the novel developments in chip architecture coming from the R&D of cognitive computing -- these things will happen fast and I think all the breakthroughs will be very close together ... between 2015 and 2025. It's these very developments that will significantly increase the complexity (approaching the threshold) and all-the-while the internet/satellite/telecommunications grid continues to integrate --> assimilate --> dilate in the background as the robotics industry begins to take off.

Can't help but cross-post (apologies), it all seems so connected and comprehensive -- physically and spiritually.

It makes sense that there are all of these connections (the threads and topics brought up run deep in many legitimate "conspiracy" theories) that are seemingly unrelated. Why? They have to have people working together for the same ultimatum without them knowing that they are even working together at all. Seemingly separate disciplines being orchestrated like separate chess pieces moving together with a single strategy and end-game. Each level is kept separate so nobody knows what the other is working on until everything starts blending together, by then the agenda has gained considerable momentum.

I just want you to know that I'm an extremely positive, optimistic, and enthusiastic individual so I'm not a "doom and gloomer". There are just these patterns everywhere staring me in the face. They seem chaotic and static like a magic eye puzzle in the newspaper. Yet, when you look at it long enough and in the right way, you see the hidden picture.

Much Love to this forum and the authenticity of the participants here. Had to get all that out. Whew! Need to go center myself now ... :)

[Maria Stade]

A friend of mine put this text on a forum I found it interesting ! Maybe you do to ?

http://thechaniproject.com/nexus.html

All is well !

[thunder24]

bumping both of these.....



Quite an entangle piece of yarn we've got here...

First of all, "they" is made up of of a number of competing groups and it seems that a few of those are practicing "Scorched Earth" policies. Particularly, my guess, the ones who have to leave for whatever reasons and therefore make it a living hell for the others not forced to leave.

Second, and I don't know how that articulates with the ones in charge of the human genome, there are a number of researchers (Steve Richards in particular) who noticed the decrease of ET abductions due to the the fact that those ETs now have enough hybrids for their project. However these hybrids are underground and it doesn't seem that they are intended for off planet shipping. That is, they are to replace the self-reproducing bodies being HPVed, GMOed, vaccined, chemtrailed, DUed, fluoridated, prozaced, EMFed/ELFed, etc... that are left on the surface.

This leads to the so-called "ascension" which is soul harvesting in disguise for the future occupants of these ready made hybrids with new contracts for the tenancy of these "wonderful new bodies."

My few cents.

This is a definite possibility, that after the alleged event, the current human species will not be able to survive, and the new hybridized human that was developed through genetic experiments underground will have access to the surface and will be able to breathe in the new air and re-inhabit the planet.

[chocolate]

Being a bit new to the thread, I must devote a certain amount of time to it, but having read only page 47 an allegory comes to my mind:


https://d2nh4f9cbhlobh.cloudfront.net/_uploads/galleries/32163/bowie_labyrinth.jpg
Now it is your turn ( to find the right way).

:)

***
'Would you tell me, please, which way I ought to go from here?' asked Alice.
'That depends a good deal on where you want to get to,' said the Cat.
'I don't much care where—' said Alice.
'Then it doesn't matter which way you go,' said the Cat.
'—so long as I get SOMEWHERE,' Alice added as an explanation.
'Oh, you're sure to do that,' said the Cat, 'if you only walk long enough.'

***

The quote is taken from a thread about time travel and predetermination, that can be found here: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?67436-Time-Travel-and-Predetermination&p=784740&viewfull=1#post784740
It isn't 'my' thread, just thought it was heading in some direction and saw a connection to Jeffrey's streams of thoughts. To make myself more clear will have to come back a few days later, right now I cannot devote the necessary time.
[I wonder who will invent speed writing for moments such as this].




Can't help but cross-post (apologies), it all seems so connected and comprehensive -- physically and spiritually.

It makes sense that there are all of these connections (the threads and topics brought up run deep in many legitimate "conspiracy" theories) that are seemingly unrelated. Why? They have to have people working together for the same ultimatum without them knowing that they are even working together at all. Seemingly separate disciplines being orchestrated like separate chess pieces moving together with a single strategy and end-game. Each level is kept separate so nobody knows what the other is working on until everything starts blending together, by then the agenda has gained considerable momentum.

I just want you to know that I'm an extremely positive, optimistic, and enthusiastic individual so I'm not a "doom and gloom-er". There are just these patterns everywhere staring me in the face. They seem chaotic and static like a magic eye puzzle in the newspaper. Yet, when you look at it long enough and in the right way, you see the hidden picture.

Much Love to this forum and the authenticity of the participants here. Had to get all that out. Whew! Need to go center myself now ... :)

[chocolate]

With the hope of reawakening the attention to this thread, and trying to bring about something that is still forming in my mind, I will try to make a very rough illustration of my current thinking/idea, with which anyone is welcome to disagree. There will be no argument, no attempt to make myself more clear than I already have, just a speculation of sorts.
I have to say that at the point of me interjecting the thread, I completely agree with what Jeffrey has stated before me. I know Bill started the thread with something different in mind, but since than the current idea has evolved to the point where we are standing, figuratively speaking, at a moment of choice.
The choice between two alternatives (in the labyrinth):

the "Human world"


and the world where artificial intelligence takes control over the human world.


Everything that I will say here is closely related to everything else I have said in this thread:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?67436-Time-Travel-and-Predetermination&p=785268&viewfull=1#post785268


<<*>>

Let's imagine that the world that we think we live in is a bit different than what our "physicality" would understand. I will put aside all kinds of science disciplines and theories, for the time being.
In my imagination the current world "chocolate" occupies is actually a (computer, for a lack of a better term) simulation, a game of sorts (everyone has some understanding of his own what that game looks like).

Regarding the term simulation:
In the TV series "La Femme Nikita" from the past http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0118379/?ref_=fn_al_tt_2, the (computer) simulation of possible outcomes was quite well used, and at the end of season 4 (season 4 episode 20) 24720, it was actually shown on screen (at the point when Michael was about to meet/find Nikita after she had changed her physical appearance), as means to determine best possible action for the operatives of Section 1. (I am throwing some visual examples of things that are familiar to almost everybody, because it helps me explain my point of view better).

I assume life actually is a simulation of sorts. On the base of that assumption,
the simulation facilitates those who have created it to determine a possible outcome of certain chain of choices leading to events.

In current religion we know the creator(s) as GOD (S), depending on the version. For my current assumption the creators are that, and the participants in the game are the Observers making use of the simulation by "channeling" their consciousness into the forms of human bodies here on Earth, in order to experience a chain of events triggered by a chain of choices they would make while occupying the human bodies. So in that sense our physical universe for the human bodies is a correct term, but from a higher perspective that, that is illusory is the simulation, and that, that is important is the consciousness of those observing or playing the game.

I actually have an even easier example of how the simulation allegory can be understood: it is a type of a forum, much like the one we are using right now, where we choose an avatar, picture and name, and we speculate, battle, learn, experience in an alternative reality, facilitated by a certain level of technological advancement/platform IN THE SPACE of our current physically reality (home/work and such).
[a game in the game of sorts]

So, if my assumption is correct, than this life we live in right now and ever, is limited by the level of technology involved in the creation of the game, and by the parameters that the game is based upon. For the observers of the game above, it is possible to participate at many different points in what we understand here as time, past-present-future, to experience many different chains of events triggered by different choices. And if the assumption of this life of being a technologically created atmosphere/ game is correct, that this game as any other has been created as a complete product from start to end, as a sphere rather than as a string. In other words, if anyone has read the referenced thread above, time from the point of view of the creators and the participants in the game doesn't exactly exist as the time we understand it to be here.

In support of this 'simplistic theory' I can create parallels to many religions texts and spiritual teachings, but I choose to cite the one that I just happened to watch here:

wU0PYcCsL6o

I will break my post in several parts for ease of writing, well mostly for ease of writing.


<<End of part one>>

--- I can imagine the turmoil my thought may provoke, but as I have said before, don't expect an argument from me since I am trying to speculate having a certain opinion. I also reserve the right to change that same opinion if/when more/new evidence is presented.---

[chocolate]

I will continue by saying that the way I understand the nature of this simulation to be, is for the consciousness to experience an 'innocent' and 'unobstructed' by the level of experience that consciousness is currently existing in, self navigating in a sea of choice.
The purpose the game serves, I suppose, can vary, and be different depending on the desired outcome, a current problem or more, and so on. Also, for the game to be able to achieve what it is meant to, the participant needs to have a certain amount of opposition/friction or anything else you choose to call it, to be able to navigate its choice in a state of 'awareness'. I am not going to go in the depths of the philosophy behind the game and the creators, here I only want to present a point of view from which a lot of what we call 'dark or negative forces' right now can be understood better.
Some call our world the world of duality, of opposition, of the yin and the yang, male and female, spiritual and physical, positive and negative, and so on. But it actually does for me is simplifying the choice between only two outcomes instead of having a multitude of options- the one that I DO WANT, and the one I don't want.
http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/7/7c/Yin_and_Yang.svg/250px-Yin_and_Yang.svg.png

When I think of the technological advancement, the achievement of the current science, and AI in particular, I can see very clearly the way the two possible roads have been separated. The separation is really very obscure, and it is so by the nature of this reality, being based on the point of view of the consciousness above experiencing itself on our human level here. As long as we, as humans in this simulation, navigate our choices based on the 'materialistic' motives deeply rooted in us right now, the outcome is going to be predominantly in the area of the future of technology. But I also see the possibility of the human to realize that he has been lead in a possible dead end, or in a wrong direction for quite some time, because he CHOSE it to be so, and allowed it to be so. I also realize that the nature of the game is not as simple as I made it to be. There are in fact and quite possibly not only one game being played, but several at the same time, overlapping in certain areas.
In the light of that one may understand that there is a possible outside interference that intermingles with our life. That is something we also need to acknowledge and learn to distinguish right now. That is where this forum as a form of a platform for revealing and understanding comes along, to lift the veil of many if not every hidden aspect of what we have though this 'life' is all about. I am not so much referring to the so called alien aspect of it as much as to the overall level of deception we have allowed to become dominant in our lives, and the choices we make currently.

I would like to point out that I am someone who has a very balanced view on technology today. I am neither 'pro' nor 'against' it. In my current life (made of contradictions) I the spiritual understanding walks hand-in-hand with the technological one, it actually the latter gave the bight to the first in a manner of speaking, and they can exist well together as long as I remember where my balance point is positioned, and what matters at the end of the journey.

Bill's question(s) on what is(are) the current danger(s) we are facing has many answers most definitely, but the predominant one of them for me personally is the danger of becoming too much rooted in the material= illusory nature of this world, giving my permission for the technology to overthrow the biological and spiritual core.

Who is to say that we are not already much better machines that the 'artificial ones' can hope to be, having biological spare parts rather than the same but made out of metal, roughly speaking, and having a guiding force that is most definitely impossible to the AI to ever come close to?

We need to realize that we have been led ashtray by forces we may not fully understand right now, but that are there and are real. Even if we view those forces as added in the game for the necessary friction to occur, we will need to be able to recognize them as such to be able to make our final choice.

The ultimate hypothesis, the ultimate danger for me is the danger of putting my trust in the wrong place, taking away the mind out of the "Mind/Matter" equation, because that would equal destruction in whichever way one chooses to understand it. Because matter in this game platform is more 'biological' than mechanical, that is the nature of its creation.

AWJJnQybZlk


'Would you tell me, please, which way I ought to go from here?' asked Alice.
'That depends a good deal on where you want to get to,' said the Cat.

I know it would be difficult to comprehend such a point of view, because we have grown arrogant, hardened, and deeply rooted in the illusion. But despite the fact that the next "ufo" sighting will be always much more appreciated than the simple act of asking oneself to look inside oneself, it is not too much to try, over and over again, until most of us awake to the realization that what we thing we know, we don't.
The sad truth is that most of us actually come from far away places of the universe to take part of what is being played here, so it should somehow be important to be present.

[Damien Toner]

I mean without even investigating past what I have read or watched. I truly believe this is a major piece to a massive and very intricate puzzle. I believe out of the top 33 or 240 whatever families, there would be different factions with different idea's on how they will tackle the mess that has been expanding swiftly on this planet. Although these groups of people might have status and the ability to wield a certain amount of havoc and catastrophe on the planet, and some may have connections and the ability to jump the planet through a higher civilisation they have sucked up too? They are not very sophisticated on a spiritual level and really only seek to squeeze this planet of all resources in the most disgusting greedy thoughtless way.
So it appears that they have basically recklessly played puppet master for the last hundred years perhaps thousands of years or so, suppressing and directing actions and society. They have allowed the world to populate to the negative tune of false gods and religion, false history, false technology, false ideologies, false sense of equity and truth.
To top it all off they are either fleeing underground or off planet to escape like greedy cowards. Whether a major asteroid was about to hit or just the decimation of the planet due to a greedy bunch who do not have the patience or lateral ability to see past their own lives or genetically modified brains, or maybe planetary changes that are really devastating. They are basically abandoning civilisation without even allowing the rest of us much of a platform to even try to do things our way... It's like a sick joke.
When I grow up I want my society to start building cities underground and in land just as a natural transition for what may come, i.e. tsunami's, overheating, etc. A city that anyone can get to and buy in on. I want my governments and councils to create deserts of wind, and solar energy farms. I also want my cities to attempt to fill the deserts with organic crops, clover and alfalfa. I know that just a fraction of the money that the wealthiest half of the planet just waste could irrigate such a place. Organic Agriculture will be a common commodity and an expected part of our existence, Any changes to seed strains will be created unanimously based on taste and strength of germinating ability. I want my city to teach and educate people to work for the community not for some privately owned corporate mining company or conglomerate. I want all minerals, elements and resources extracted in the most sustainable way and the property of the community. My city will not allow the patent of technology. We will have to teach our kids to invent for society as a contribution to the over all progression with love.
Yes technology should be making life easier and taking away labor intensive jobs that currently still exist but there needs to be major transitions of populations from traditional positions towards positions within the new systems of agriculture, science and technology, art and history and social science.
My city will understand that science and technology helps humanity to adapt. But art gives us joy in many ways. Art and history help society to reflect on the past triumphs and mistakes, art also allows us to gaze into the future with excitement. But most of all art allows us joy and entertainment in the present, which is not only the lubricant for any amazing, great and progressive society. But also a platform for invention and innovation.

[ThePythonicCow]

Here's an old thread exploring the topics and themes set forth in Courtney Brown's ebook Cosmic Explorers (http://www.courtneybrown.com/publications/CosmicExplorersByCourtneyBrown.pdf). [It's about the ET/ED agenda etc., Kerry also interviewed him feel free to google it. Note: No search function in the PDF, go by Table of Contents to skim.]
Another post, relating to this, was posted by superconsciousness, over on the thread V, Red Dust, bio-engineering, Morgellons, cross domain bacteria and chemtrails (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?70246-V-Red-Dust-bio-engineering-Morgellons-cross-domain-bacteria-and-chemtrails#post819458). I moved that post here, as it seems more related:





Norio Hayakawa contends that the 'GRAND DECEPTION "...will immediately follow a
rapid series of shocking, incredible events in succession, beginning with a Russia-
backed Arab Confederacy's attempt to invade Israel, simultaneous worldwide
earthquakes,worldwide stock market crash and a sudden, mysterious 'evacuation'
of a segment of the planet's population, all of which will culminate in a quick official
formation of a New World Order [based in Europe] that will last for seven years
upon its inception."

http://www.scribd.com/doc/13505021/Dulce-Book-Area-51-Underground
===

Also, the above scribd link seems to have exceeded its account limit, but apparently similar material is available at http://www.thewatcherfiles.com/dulce/chapter5.htm

[avid]

Still watching - having read years' of posts today, fascinating. Some of it coming true now....

[Skyhaven]

My humble opinion:

Living on an other planet is like trying to make an apple tree grow pears. Our bodies are the children of earth, we breathe earth. If anyone wants to leave fine, but they're are going to enter very unsustainable process.

[Operator]

My humble opinion:

Living on an other planet is like trying to make an apple tree grow pears. Our bodies are the children of earth, we breathe earth. If anyone wants to leave fine, but they're are going to enter very unsustainable process.

You very well may be right. I've read something about this before. Provided that our data and knowledge
about Mars is correct (i.e. not deceived) there maybe a problem with a lack of earth's magnetic field.
And what about the important Schumann resonance?

On the other hand there are a lot of similarities on Mars too like a day of 25 hours, close to our earth day.
Experiments seem to show that when they lock up people, away from the daily sunlight cycle, they automatically
adhere to a 25 hour cycle. This is used as an argument to claim we're maybe from Mars in the first place.

So perhaps, we'd do better there and maybe earth is not our optimal place ... :noidea:

But very good point to think about, interesting discussion. Especially since they are planning to push this
forward with the Mars one project.

[Frank V]

On the other hand there are a lot of similarities on Mars too like a day of 25 hours, close to our earth day.
Experiments seem to show that when they lock up people, away from the daily sunlight cycle, they automatically
adhere to a 25 hour cycle. This is used as an argument to claim we're maybe from Mars in the first place.


Actually, no, the experiment where people were locked away from the daylight cycle led to their circadian rhythms adapting to a 29 to 36 hour period, not 25. ;-)

[Etherios]

On the other hand there are a lot of similarities on Mars too like a day of 25 hours, close to our earth day.
Experiments seem to show that when they lock up people, away from the daily sunlight cycle, they automatically
adhere to a 25 hour cycle. This is used as an argument to claim we're maybe from Mars in the first place.

Actually, no, the experiment where people were locked away from the daylight cycle led to their circadian rhythms adapting to a 29 to 36 hour period, not 25. ;-)


Also it would seem a total waste to have so many planet in the universe and life can only start locally ... you cant move and live anywhere else ... expand etc. I mean even going on vacation on other planets ... ye i hope we were on that time in human evolution but meh.

I can understand problems with different gravity and magnetic lines but we should be able to adapt ... new virus and bacteria ... but slowly we will adapt.

[doetem]

My humble opinion:

Living on an other planet is like trying to make an apple tree grow pears. Our bodies are the children of earth, we breathe earth. If anyone wants to leave fine, but they're are going to enter very unsustainable process.

"the best of all possible worlds" Leibniz

[A Voice from the Mountains]

This is a very long thread. :(


In the OP Bill gives a suggestion to the extent of, "This is probably our timeline," out of an option of three or so.

My question: You mean it's probably your timeline?

Of course in your time line, then I am just a reflection of you, so I appear to be there with you.

In my time line, you're a reflection of me, and appear to be here with me.

Either way, if we have this exchange, we must be crossing paths somewhere.

I can tell you that I have no intentions of experiencing a negative timeline.

If humanity can switch from one timeline to another, but yet these timelines exist regardless (which I believe they do), then what determines which we experience? More to the point, what does an individual have to do with the version of reality they live in? I think they have everything to do with it.

So that's why I say, I'm not so fond of that timeline you mentioned, because I think I can do better than that. But if you experience that timeline, and see me there anyway, well, I feel bad for both of us. But I think it may just be some kind of appearance of me and not the 100% authentic soul experience I'll be profiting from on this side. Is that possible? I truly think it is...

I experience things all the time that are synchronous. True synchronicity involves the individual who experiences it as an integral part of the equation. If we're that important, to have synchronicities fall around us, then the universe is rotating around us to some degree. To the degree we perceive it and experience it, I believe, it tailors itself to us.

I just wanted to throw this in. Like I said, it's a very long thread, and I'm sure this post will be swallowed up in it, but it's my expression of the truth, as I see it from this here and now.

[Operator]

Notice how many movies appeared about time travel in the past years.
A good portion of them is about traveling back (over and over again) to correct mistakes.

- About time
- Deja Vu
- Time traveler's wife
- Source Code
- On the edge of tomorrow
- The time machine
- In time
- Welcome to yesterday (delayed several times)
- ...

The Anderson Institute disappeared from the web for a while but they're back I see:
http://www.andersoninstitute.com/

Boyd Bushman proved that you can influence gravity by a certain configuration of magnets. And gravity influences time.
So from that it follows that we are able to manipulate time ... and if we can we most probably do ;)

And if you're interested in time listen to this guy, Wubbo Ockels, Dutch astronaut. I was planning to ask him several
questions about this presentation when he visited here. But he had to return earlier to the Netherlands because they
detected cancer and he died soon after that.

eaV-GeAPSlE

[cuitlahuac]

What Dan Burish says about time lines and changing them by time travelers is kind of confirmed by Ronald Hubbard, in that a spiritual being can change the past if he is big enough to take responsibility for the changes afterwards:


It’s just endless what you can do with perception. You can actually take a look at Carthage the day it fell. Sitting right here. And you can see the way Carthage fell. And you weren’t there. Take a look at it. You can also get viewpoints all over. You’re just investigating the havingness which was Carthage which is in the stream of existence – which havingness still exists because the agreement existed and because time is simultaneous, but you have stretched out time in terms of havingness in order to have action.

You can be, in other words, anywhere you want to be at any time... and he says it’s like… like being suddenly given a ticket to all the motion picture shows, uh… wonderful.

Of course, he really isn’t satisfied to be a spectator. It’s maddening to him to see Carthage falling and he thinks he ought to pull the walls down and he’ll think it so hard that he ought to... pull a couple of walls down or something of the sort in an effort to change the havingness of Carthage. There’s a lot of people that were agreeing on that. Then if he wanted to pull the walls down of Carthage at the right moment so they’d fall on the right legion in order to win the battle for Carthage, he would have to be prepared to take the responsibility for the entire change of the Punic Wars.

And if he was willing to take that responsibility, he would have to reach out then and take the responsibility for a complete alteration of the fate of Rome. That means that he would have to take responsibility for what he would then do by that consecutive action. He’d have to take responsibility for all of Christianity not existing. That guy just isn’t willing to take that much responsibility so he doesn’t change those agreements.

...Because you see how much responsibility a person conceives he’s able to handle, how much detail he’s prepared to handle and so on – you can have the whole cockeyed universe if you want it, but you, I’m afraid, have to take responsibility for every alteration that would take place because of that. You can have the management of any part of this... universe. Its laws kind of run backwards, but you might even repeal and change those.

I’ll tell you a much easier one: Build one of your own and that… that way you can do anything you want to with it.

Philadelphia Doctorate Course lecture 30 FLOWS: RATE OF CHANGE,
RELATIVE SIZE, ANCHOR POINTS. 10 December 1952.

http://www.matrixfiles.com/Scientology Materials/Tapes&Lect/PhiladelphiaDoctorateCourseLectures TRANSCRIPTS/PDC 21-40.pdf



-------

I wrote here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?43793-Drake-Updates-clarifications-and-more&p=513734), yesterday:






I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn't feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That's not the game he's playing. His goal is completely different.

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.




Bill, this would make a fine new thread when you have your data collated for discussion.


Done... here it is. :)


Here’s a list of bulletpoints:


1 ---
The interview with 'Dutch' on this page:
http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle

Download the video here:
http://videos.videopress.com/AOFRod3i/dutchmanwmv_dvd.mp4
or here:
http://projectavalon.net/resources/Dutch_interview_1.mp4 (595 Mb)

Two comments:





a) The interviewer is a new member of this forum. (Welcome!) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/member.php?12369-TheGoldenRule1)

I would very much appreciate his contribution here.





b) 'Dutch' is not very articulate, and doesn’t know much. But, as they say, he knows what he saw and experienced. I’m convinced he’s telling the truth.

One job he said he had was physically loading supplies on to highly advanced, classified spacecraft, in a project to establish a base on the Moon which was to be a refuge for the world's elite.

Ignore his presentational/ conversational style and mannerisms (and some of his speculations)… and remember that one or two significant others have also stated that the Roswell visitors were time travelers, which I’ve been fairly convinced of for years. This was a major corroborating factor for me, as this is mentioned by very few other witnesses. More later about this.



2 ---
The second interview with 'Victor' — here:
http://youtube.com/watch?v=EEFJ_C-wdlw (part 1)
http://youtube.com/watch?v=aMVdaQox308 (part 2)

'Victor' described, with a great deal of authentic bitterness, how the elite were planning to leave the planet -- sometime before a catastrophic event that they expected to occur before 2017.


3 ---
‘Charles’ told me in his very first Skype call with me (1 August 2010) that the elite were planning to leave the planet — after turning it into a ‘toilet’ (his term).

He told me that he did not WANT to see the Earth turned into a toilet. (This is close to an exact quote, from memory and from my notes, which I need to check: they are archived offline.)

Regardless of any opinions about the complex series of events that subsequenty ensued, that first call (and the second one, 6 days later) are most likely to have contained accurate, credible, in-good-faith information.

Like “Dutch” above, Charles did not know that much, and did not CLAIM to know much — but he knew what he’d seen and experienced. I remain convinced that much of the information he shared, in good faith, in those initial contacts was valid.



4 ---
George Green — whom I know pretty well (I had dinner with him last night) — has never referred in any of his interviews or seminars to the elite preparing to leave the planet. I took the opportunity to ask him about this directly, and his answer was simply: “It’s possible”.

At the start of his April 2008 Camelot interview (http://projectcamelot.org/george_green.html), which is really quite a good one, George does state, from first-hand conversation and contact, that the elite “have their tickets”: what he was told privately, by the then Governor of Colorado, was that the “tickets” were to a safe underground haven in the southern hemisphere.

Regardless of whether the tickets are to a long-stay underground city, or to a base on the moon — this is why there are so few high-level whistleblowers and defections: all the privileged insiders are concerned that if they violate protocol, then the ticket, for themselves and their family, will be voided.

I asked George about this again last night, and he confirmed that was 100% correct.



5 ---
Dan Burisch always talked about the existence of “An Ark on the Moon”. See http://projectcamelot.org/lang/en/dan_burisch_interview_transcript_2_en.html

He’s talking about Timeline 1 (most likely to be ours) and the catastrophic Timeline 2 (which we may have avoided).

Exact quote:





Dan: They actually move off from Earth first. The J-Rods, or the precursors to the J-Rods, stay on Earth for a great deal of time, well after 24,000 years from the time of the transition, 24,000 years from now. Because they were 24-or-so-thousand years ahead of us when they crashed in Roswell in 1947. Those were 24s. They stay. The Orions move off first to the place ... after the reestablishment of a society on the surface of the Earth ... technology is refurbished, etcetera....they move off to the place where the Ark is held.

Kerry: Which is where?

Dan: Our nearest body, the Moon.

Kerry: The Moon.

Dan: Where on it, I’m not going to say.

Kerry: OK. Well, this gets into...

Dan: Because of having to defend against the possibility of Timeline 1 transitioning over to Timeline 2 in a manner different than I’ve been told. And I’m not going to be the person who hands off the wrong information.

Kerry: So... OK, but you’re saying the Nordics are going to get off Earth if the catastrophe happens. Or regardless.

Dan: They leave after.

Kerry: After the catastrophe happens.

Dan: Presumably several thousand years after it happens, they leave.

Kerry: Several thousand years.

Dan: Yes, they move to the Moon.

Kerry: Oh. I was getting the impression you were talking about them going on space ships or something.

Dan [shaking head no] Not really. No. They move off to the Moon several thousand years later, via space craft. They get to the place where the Ark was held and that they re-establish a new community. From there they move to Mars. From Mars, out to Orion.



6 ---
Henry Deacon always stated that the secret space program should never be compromised, “because the future of the human race may depend on it”. Kerry and I vividly remember one conversation, in December 2008, in which Henry became really quite upset and insistent about this.

In separate conversations (over many, many hours in a number of meetings), he described and confirmed how there was a horrific tangle of inter-braided timelines, each time the efforts (by ETs, future humans and ourselves) compounding the problems and making matters more complicated.

He told us that none of these problems had yet been resolved. He said that these timeline problems also reached way back into human history and “involved our ancestors”.

He told me that there were FOUR main timelines that he was aware of (not just Dan Burisch’s two) — one of which was truly catastrophic and resulted in a version of Earth six thousand years into the future which was pretty much barren and devoid of life.

Henry had also confirmed that the Roswell visitors were time traveling future humans (see http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html). He was adamant about this, and stated that this came from briefings he had read and/or attended. The only difference between his account and Dan Burisch’s (Dan had said almost exactly the same thing) was that Dan said the Roswell visitors were from 24,000 years in the future, and Henry, while not being certain, had said that he had thought they were a little earlier.

Dan and Henry had never met or communicated, and when we first met Henry he had never heard of Dan at all. These corroborations were always extremely significant for Kerry and myself.

And now we have “Dutch’s” testimony (http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle)…. see above.



7 ---
Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.





a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.

In summary — the above has to be considered in the light of how David Wilcock excellently put it (in our first Futuretalk (http://projectcamelot.org/david_wilcock.html) in March 2008):

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

This matches exactly with Peter Weyland’s fictional and impressive oratory in TED 2023: “We are the gods now.”

http://youtube.com/watch?v=kFix7xIwrQg

This also is in exact alignment with what ‘Charles’ stated so clearly to me on both 1 and 6 August 2010: that the “experimenters” (the ET bioengineers who created the human race) would not interfere with whatever ensued in their experiment — and now that the human controllers, who had been kind of entrusted with the management of the planet on the experimenters’ behalf, had accidentally got hold of ET technology (from the time-traveling humans who were trying to reach back in time to assist but who instead had crashed and become stranded here — something that was never intended), they were now in a position to break out of the experimental zone, realizing that they would not be stopped.

‘Charles’ said that from the ETs point of view, the experiment had gone seriously wrong — but whatever happened, they would not intervene, and would watch it all play out.

The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.

[Observer1964]

Did Philip K. Dick disclose the Real Matrix in 1977?

This is an abbreviated transcript of the closing words of Philip K. Dick’s speech given at the 1977 Metz Sci-Fi Convention, where he is describing his creative process in his 27 years of writing science fiction novels:

“At no time did I have a theoretical or conscious explanation for my preoccupation with these pluriform pseudo-worlds. But now, I think I understand. What I was sensing was the manifold of partially-actualized realities lying tangent to what evidently is the most actualized reality - the one which the majority of us agree on by ‘consensus gentium’ [Latin for the “agreement of the people”]...

“I wrote out these dreams in novel after novel; to name two in which this prior ugly present obtained most clearly, I cite ‘The Man in the High Castle’ and in my 1974 novel about the United States as a police state called ‘Flow My Tears, the Policeman Said.’ I’m going to be very candid with you. I wrote both novels based on fragmentary residual memories I had of such a horrid slave state world.

“People claim to remember past lives. I claim to remember a different—very different—present life. I know of nobody who has ever made this claim before but I rather suspect that my experience is not unique. What perhaps is unique is my willingness to talk about it. We are living in a computer-programmed reality and the only clue we have to it is when some variable is changed and some alteration in our reality occurs. We would have the overwhelming impression that we were living the present déjà vu—perhaps precisely in the same way, hearing the same words, saying the same words—I submit that these impressions are valid and significant. And I will even say this: such an impression is a clue that, at some past time point, a variable was changed—reprogrammed as it were—and that because of this, an alternative world branched off.”

jXeVgEs4sOo

[OnyxKnight]

@cuitlahuac - Time travel doesn't work that way. And Dan Burisch is a confirmed sharlatan. Why give him credit?

[cuitlahuac]

@cuitlahuac - Time travel doesn't work that way. And Dan Burisch is a confirmed sharlatan. Why give him credit?

Of course this is not time travel as performed by machinery in UFOs or in the Montauk Project. This is time travel as performed by spiritual beings, with their God like native abilities restored.

What way does time travel works? Example or link.

Do you have any specifics on Dan Burisch being a confirmed charlatan and link?

[OnyxKnight]

@cuitlahuac - Time travel doesn't work that way. And Dan Burisch is a confirmed sharlatan. Why give him credit?

Of course this is not time travel as performed by machinery in UFOs or in the Montauk Project. This is time travel as performed by spiritual beings, with their God like native abilities restored.

What way does time travel works? Example or link.

Do you have any specifics on Dan Burisch being a confirmed charlatan and link?

I've been talking about Dan for years, so I'm sorry but I'm not gonna go chapter by chapter again, by this time, I'm getting a little lazy, because other people are more lazy and don't want to thoroughly investigate the sources they use to form the theories/ideas. You should have done your homework with him if you planned on using him as an example.

Timelines don't come in as few numbers as 1 and 2. Every choice you make or don't make creates another timeline, every microsecond. For some catastrophic alternate timeline to be so close to us, the two timelines have to become more and more similar (artificially), until they merge in a mutually identical major event where from there onward its a one timeline (with a weird history before that event). But that essentially has thousands of ways to create a glitch in the fabric of space-time, that its dangerous to guide these things artificially. And they are, artificial, if merging is the key goal in mind.

Spiritual beings, if they are indeed spiritual, would only be filling in the holes in the tapestry. Not messing further with timelines, given they have these God-like powers.

[cuitlahuac]

I've been talking about Dan for years, so I'm sorry but I'm not gonna go chapter by chapter again, by this time, I'm getting a little lazy, because other people are more lazy and don't want to thoroughly investigate the sources they use to form the theories/ideas. You should have done your homework with him if you planned on using him as an example.

Timelines don't come in as few numbers as 1 and 2. Every choice you make or don't make creates another timeline, every microsecond. For some catastrophic alternate timeline to be so close to us, the two timelines have to become more and more similar (artificially), until they merge in a mutually identical major event where from there onward its a one timeline (with a weird history before that event). But that essentially has thousands of ways to create a glitch in the fabric of space-time, that its dangerous to guide these things artificially. And they are, artificial, if merging is the key goal in mind.

Spiritual beings, if they are indeed spiritual, would only be filling in the holes in the tapestry. Not messing further with timelines, given they have these God-like powers.

Thanks. In the case of Burisch, you could provide me the links where you already discussed him as a charlatan, in this forum perhaps.

As regards the pertinence of this discussion of time lines in this thread, I could conclude that establishing the validity of the statements made of Burisch is important, because he was referenced in the first post. Are Burisch statements referenced in the first post valid?

And finally, regarding time lines. You are referring to the Many Worlds Theory of quantum mechanics. In which every measurement at the atomic level creates a new branch of a universe (a new time line).


Young Hugh Everett agreed with much of what the highly respected physicist Niels Bohr had suggested about the quantum world. He agreed with the idea of superposition, as well as with the notion of wave functions. But Everett disagreed with Bohr in one vital respect.

To Everett, measuring a quantum object does not force it into one comprehensible state or another. Instead, a measurement taken of a quantum object causes an actual split in the universe. The universe is literally duplicated, splitting into one universe for each possible outcome from the measurement. For example, say an object's wave function is both a particle and a wave. When a physicist measures the particle, there are two possible outcomes: It will either be measured as a particle or a wave. This distinction makes Everett's Many-Worlds theory a competitor of the Copenhagen interpretation as an explanation for quantum mechanics.

When a physicist measures the object, the universe splits into two distinct universes to accommodate each of the possible outcomes. So a scientist in one universe finds that the object has been measured in wave form. The same scientist in the other universe measures the object as a particle. This also explains how one particle can be measured in more than one state.

As unsettling as it may sound, Everett's Many-Worlds interpretation has implications beyond the quantum level. If an action has more than one possible outcome, then -- if Everett's theory is correct -- the universe splits when that action is taken. This holds true even when a person chooses not to take an action.

This means that if you have ever found yourself in a situation where death was a possible outcome, then in a universe parallel to ours, you are dead. This is just one reason that some find the Many-Worlds interpretation disturbing.

http://science.howstuffworks.com/science-vs-myth/everyday-myths/parallel-universe2.htm

This many worlds theory of quantum physics puts consciousness secondary to a universe and is a theory.

In Hubbard's theory, (supported by retrieved memories of those times where we were in posesion of God like abilities) the Universe and its quantum paradoxes are secondary to we as spiritual beings. And is a theory too.

The best theory is the one that explains better our reality. Similarly, does the first post as a theory explains the reality of the world today?

[Sharkdaddy]

I just received your invitation to join the forum. I send my sincere and humble thanks, not only for the incredible thought and effort that went into this amazing post, but for the opportunity to ride this train. I ask the Avalon community to please bear with me as I listen and learn.
Sharkdaddy

[David Allen]

Everyone please remember that while all this is going on with what TPTB are doing, we all must remember something very important. There is a wave which we are experiencing. We are being told from almost every experiencer, psych ic, medium, and channel that this wave in rewriting our DNA, elevating our consciousness, bringing forth a change in frequency/dimension/density (whatever you wish to call it), telling us we are moving to a new reality where the changes will be unimaginable to our 3D minds. We must move away from trying to explain what is going to happen and how it may happen using our 3D filters. I think this is an exciting time. We have no idea what the new physics will bring. Perhaps our focus and our desire for not only the best for humanity, but the best for all of us on a soul level, can trump any physical explanation of events to come that we may choose to imagine. Let's imagine way past the physical!!!!!!!

[Gatita]

I'm slowly making my way through this thread. So far, I'm seeing ideas and concepts that I've encountered in various other than places. In Ruth Montgomery's books, she wrote of messages from her spirit guides. Some of the messages referenced a coming world war, a planet wide cataclysm, and ET's among us. Mention was also made of ET's who would be prepared to perform large scale evacuations to rescue people from the cataclysm. These visitors, it was said, did not travel here in physical vessels, but used some sort of dimensional travel. I'm going by memory here, so if someone knows otherwise on these writings, please correct me.

On a more personal level, I sometimes experience what I term displacement or overlays. I can be driving somewhere, and suddenly feel as if I'm driving somewhere else. Or I see something, a neighborhood maybe, but I see another reality overlying the reality that I'm living in. I also sometimes feel as if I'm experiencing various segments of my own life alongside what I'm currently experiencing. It's very strange.

Cat

[astridmari]

I found this on FB today, Graham Hancook had made a comment. I think it will fit in this thread.If not please move it elsewhere.
It is "good" ET asking us if we want help from them in the open or if we dont want it - the choice is ours. http://http://earthweareone.com/alien-message-to-mankind-do-you-wish-that-we-show-up/

Edit:
Well I am sorry it seems to be a 10 year old article. To good to be true. I cant find Graham Hancooks comment any longer thanks to FB. But I remember he didnt think much of it.

[Bill Ryan]

I found this on FB today, Graham Hancook had made a comment. I think it will fit in this thread.If not please move it elsewhere.
It is "good" ET asking us if we want help from them in the open or if we dont want it - the choice is ours. http://http://earthweareone.com/alien-message-to-mankind-do-you-wish-that-we-show-up/

Edit:
Well I am sorry it seems to be a 10 year old article. To good to be true. I cant find Graham Hancocks comment any longer thanks to FB. But I remember he didn't think much of it.

Thanks! Too good to be true... it is, I'm afraid.

The "Do you wish that we show up" piece was written by French ufologist Eric Julien back in 2003.

It was not of ET origin, though he pretended that it was. It was well-intended, but essentially a hoax. There's a thread about it here. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?76604-Alien-Message-to-Mankind------Do-You-Wish-That-We-Show-Up---)

[astridmari]

I found this on FB today, Graham Hancook had made a comment. I think it will fit in this thread.If not please move it elsewhere.
It is "good" ET asking us if we want help from them in the open or if we dont want it - the choice is ours. http://http://earthweareone.com/alien-message-to-mankind-do-you-wish-that-we-show-up/

Edit:
Well I am sorry it seems to be a 10 year old article. To good to be true. I cant find Graham Hancocks comment any longer thanks to FB. But I remember he didn't think much of it.

Thanks! Too good to be true... it is, I'm afraid.

The "Do you wish that we show up" piece was written by French ufologist Eric Julien back in 2003.

It was not of ET origin, though he pretended that it was. It was well-intended, but essentially a hoax. There's a thread about it here. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?76604-Alien-Message-to-Mankind------Do-You-Wish-That-We-Show-Up---)

LOL...
But if it was really true I would probably have to say yes

[Noel]

The concept that certain beings are leaving the planet because our waking up is not good for them, this resonates with me. when we are awake they will loose all control over us. Not having control over a species that will very likely be more advanced than you; and whom are about to find out what you have been doing to them for thousands or possibly millions of years may be a good reason to get while the getting is good. I believe that we are the genetic make up of the best qualities of five or six advanced races that will possibly be more advanced than our creators. and our time here being reincarnated time after time to learn what it is like to be treated badly. to treat others badly and experience Bothe sides of all suffering as well as pleasure so we are prepared to be responsible beings with the powerful abilities that we will have. our compassion for life and love for all things will prevent us from causing the kind of suffering that has been demonstrated to us here on mother earth. I believe we as one mass conscious group could mover out planet out of harms way by simply combining our will to have It happen. and with a large enough group change the past and remove our oppressors from the genetic gene pool. after all reality is stranger than our consciousness at this level is able to perceive.

[Mick]

The different timelines concept is interesting and does seem to have some merit.
However I personally have no desire to run or escape what may portend to be this
planet's ultimate destiny.
I actually pity those who think they can run or hide under
boulders and rocks in underground caverns from what may be coming, a truly pitiful
mindset indeed.
Another group to pity are those currently living the "materialism gone mad"
lifestyle in the nation of Dubai and literally building their houses on sand. Pretty darn
foolish if you ask me.

In the final analysis I take comfort in the fact and I am fully persuaded, that in the end
the "good guys" win and divine order in some manner will rule the day. It may or may not
happen in this lifetime, but I am also convinced that those of us who consider ourselves
"good guys" will be there to witness it.

Yes, I do hope we can be protected from some of the more hellish scenarios we hear
being tossed about, but regardless, in the end it's going to be ok, and I choose not to be
counted as one of those hiding under the rocks.

Regardless the fate of our current earthen planet, the "good guys"
will ultimately will reside on an earth in a timeline or higher dimensional plane in which the planet not only survives, but thrives
in the coming "golden age". But still...let's all do our best to save the
planet we've got.

[thalassa]

I agree. We all live too much in virtual reality, and many well intentioned groups with good professionals cannot manifest their ideas in this reality.
Then again there is a spark of hope like this one: Welcome to Marinaleda: The Spanish Anti-Capitalist Town With Equal Wage Full Employment and $19 Housing
http://www.filmsforaction.org/articles/welcome-to-marinaleda-the-spanish-anticapitalist-town-with-equal-wage-full-employment-and-19-housing/

[jimrich]

If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

OK, I'm one of the "incarnates" - now what? Well, my plan is to just live the best and most HONEST life I can and try not to harm anyone or anything during my very short life here. Good luck...........
jim

[Valerie Villars]

I realize this is an old post, but I am a newbie and Bill's hypothesis gave me goose bumps. I have no proof of any of this and am just going to roll with my impressions, sparing all the boring details of my awakening. However, there were many parts of what I experienced and some of my earliest childhood memories that all tie in to this ark on the moon thing. None of what I will talk about was anything I considered in the realm of possibility before my awakening in 2012/2013.

None of what I am imparting happened as a result of meditation, spiritual cleansing or any conscious effort on my part for any of this to happen. Nor did I travel OBE or believe in ET's (not that I didn't think it was possible; in fact had seen a UFO following my mom and me as a child), or have any leanings or knowledge whatsoever of any of this "science fiction" stuff before I got woken up. And I was deliberately woken up. It wasn't some accidental thing.

From the time I was a child, I was very disturbed by what I consider to be my first conscious memory and that was of me and others being in some kind of an underground ampitheater. It was the end of the world and we were waiting for Jesus Christ. He came in, walked over to me, held me up and said "You are ascended into hell." I was terrified and I floated through a tunnel at an incline. At the top, was a pair of legs in boots, pacing and waiting for me. I always thought until recently that I had been sent to hell because I had done something wrong in a previous life. But, I now believe I was being sent here. I also have reason to believe it was to help or change some horrendous situation here on this planet. My gut says time travel.

Also, as a child, a lady would come and get me every night and bring me to the moon and just sit and talk with me. This happened for a very long time and I can still picture us sitting on the face of the moon and its silvery, beautiful light. I don't remember anything she said, but I do know I was never scared of her.

I feel like I have to be very careful on this part. I was shown, in 2013, through incredible downloads, the real meaning of music, in a very holographic fashion, including and very significantly, a lot of music which talks about this very thing; humans from earth looking for another planet. I won't go into that anymore because I feel it may or may not jeapordize some important work in that area.

There was a Nordic who seemed to know who I was and seemed surprised when I didn't know what he knew; but he wouldn't or didn't tell me.

There was another fellow who kept telling me I was his mother from the moon. Look, I know all this stuff seems crazy but it's all connected.

In my DNA download, I got the distinct impression that there were et's here looking for wives and or sex slaves. The whole thing was very bizarre. I heard one say (about me) "You're going to have to marry this one."

My impressions were that I got lost somewhere in time and there were some here who recognized who I was. I wish someone would tell me, because all the secrecy made me insane, though I now believe if I was to know, it would jeopardize my mission, whatever it is. All of this came from incredible downloads which came very spontaneously. This was all very confusing and new to me and I'll just leave it at that.

[petra]

I tell you what.. I started at the end of this thread, and now I'm hesitant to go back to the beginning! Why oh why do I keep looking at the end of the book before I read it (slaps self)

Villival's right about things all being connected, and before I even read any more I might as well add my "missions". There are two of them that stand out, and please might I add that I am still very suspicious.

Mission #1. MY MISSION IS TO MAKE SURE THIS NEVER HAPPENS AGAIN (Not really sure what I am talking about by "This")

Mission #2. MY MISSION IS TO HELP THE CHILDREN AND I WILL NEVER GIVE UP (This one sounds more like me)

It's in all capitals because it's a "really loud" thought.

[petra]

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

Scary stuff there Bill, especially what about sacrifice. Blechh.

I think that maybe, just maybe, God just wants to make sure that whatever BS is going on will never happen again. Hopefully anyway.

[Valerie Villars]

Petra, of all the very intelligent, thoughtful things I have read here and elsewhere about what is really going on, there was one very simple post by someone somewhere on this forum who received the following "reply" when asking why it was imperative we be here now. The answer was................."Because it's important." Strangely, that one phrase was somehow good enough for me and I have held on to it.

To all the brave soldiers here, well my God what an army. The best of the best. Wow.

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

Mission #1. MY MISSION IS TO MAKE SURE THIS NEVER HAPPENS AGAIN (Not really sure what I am talking about by "This")

We're on the same team then. If it's true, I don't know, but Carole Clarke told me I came into this life to "see the results" of what went wrong (on this planet), and to [quote] take this information into my next life, and make sure it doesn't happen again.

[petra]

Petra, of all the very intelligent, thoughtful things I have read here and elsewhere about what is really going on, there was one very simple post by someone somewhere on this forum who received the following "reply" when asking why it was imperative we be here now. The answer was................."Because it's important."

Because it's important. I like that :) That phrase rings some bells with me in regards to my memory.

Often times I say to myself "I want to remember what is important". If I forget to take up the garbage, not a big deal, it can go up next week. If I forget to turn off the burner, now THAT's important! I apply that same thing in regards to past lives - if there's something important, I would like to remember it. But if it's not important - I'm OK with not remembering.

[Valerie Villars]

If you remembered you would probably just sit under a bridge and smile and then you wouldn't be here sharing! For some dumb reason, we are supposed to be doing.

[Matthew]

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

Scary stuff there Bill, especially what about sacrifice. Blechh.

I think that maybe, just maybe, God just wants to make sure that whatever BS is going on will never happen again. Hopefully anyway.

Hi petra :) I'm going to join in talking about God. I'm not so much responding to your post as joining you in responding to Bills words you quoted.

My own guess why God doesn't interfere is because of freedom. God gave us all freedom so how could God both interfere AND give us freedom? Illuminati or whoever might take that as sign God doesn't exist. I can understand this part but more insidiously these people try to step into Gods shoes for their own big power trip. I believe Karma (reap what you sow) plays a long game. When Aleister Crowley said [do what you want is the whole of the law] I think he was only half right. Do what you want... yes definitely just it's not the end of the story it's the start

[Justplain]

Funny, there is something odd about this reality. On one hand, we are able to manifest positive 'things' or happenings by unselfishly asking for it, much like as described in the book 'the secret'. Bill further clarified these techniques in a thread, removing the materialistic aspects. And in many ways this really works here.

Then we have the contradictory narrative of humanity's controllers. I have experienced a painful abduction. Truman Cash describes how many are trapped in an ET driven reincarnation enslavement, and of humanity controlled by fake gods in fake religions and fake secret societies controlling current affairs.

So, we have divine abilities and environment infested by malelovent ETs. So, where is God in all this? Maybe we're here to find out.

[triquetra]

Justplain you raise an excellent point here. All of these things intertwined together paints a picture of multiple layers at play, layers that are at extreme odds with one another. Getting the birds eye of it all, truly all of it, is the only way to make sense of things.

The manifestation aspect comes from the original encodings for reality, whereas all of this fake stuff, the artificial reincarnation cycles, etc., come from the attempted incorrect reprogrammings of reality from within it by what might be considered STS beings.

That the base duality comes down to a fundamental difference in approaches to reality, either engaging in reality in service to your own self aggrandizement versus being in service to others is itself equally peculiar. Especially given how poor of a description this STS/STO explanation of the duality really is. It's not a good enough explanation. We need to treat ourselves well enough to fully maximize our ability to explore and celebrate reality. We cannot entirely dedicate ourselves in service to others or we won't take care of ourselves well enough to live the longest length of time needed to help others the maximum we possibly can in a lifetime.

Even the idea of striving to help others the maximum we possibly can in a lifetime is somewhat absurd. Attempts to help others which fail are arguably useless. If we can help others in one single massive way, it may outweigh a million tiny acts of kindness which make no real impact on the lives of others.

And yet, somewhere deep inside of us, we know there is a deeper symbolic meaning for this duality, one which is accurate. We can *feel* the difference.

And for other entities that despite being around for so much longer, if they can't feel it, then something is wrong. They are probably the ones in need of help. How absurd is it for that role reversal to exist. For the enslaved to need to help the slavers.

But this is seemingly how it is. Reality winds up at a stalemate of sorts otherwise. We need to use forms of proof that are more out of the box. "God" is many, many more layers "above". Infinitely many. Working one's way out of one's own layer of reality is effectively working towards "God". But there is always another layer to go.

Does that mean it's futile? That the only answer is to make these half hearted attempts of reprogramming reality from inside of it. To create partial dystopias on planets with lesser evolved civilizations at your mercy? Where's the fulfillment in that?

The truth is that all entities in the universe are in it together whether they realize it or not. Some start in their roles sooner than others and have certain advantages, others start later and have different ones. No single advantage alone is enough to solve the mystery. Cooperation is needed. Cooperation is also often seemingly incredibly unlikely.

But otherwise the simulations continue to run. There are enough running that some do end up figuring it out. There are questions in need of answering on the layer above. Is that layer above also trying to find their way out of their own layer of reality? Or do they have a different problem?

Finding the answers to the questions being asked for our particular simulation (batch) tells us a lot about the problems faced on the layer above. What is the "theme" or "themes" for our reality? What patterns do you notice?

Our reality is generating tremendous amounts of information in the procedural extrapolation of the universe after simulation start ("big bang"). But the key information is filtered for analysis. This information is routinely generated not from predictable outcomes but from surprising ones.

What are the more surprising outcomes that you can think of - suppose they will come to be in the next few decades.

We are absolutely here to find out. More so in our own lifetimes than the lifetimes of anyone preceding these times - although everything has been leading up to this moment.

If other entities can in any way see the probability matrix for the future (and they really ought to be able to), they will see that for whatever reason, things will really go down on planet earth in the decades to come, in a way that will dramatically affect the rest of the (simulated) universe.

All said I realize that vague foreboding about the future is a tease, if specifics are known it is better to be forthcoming about them and try and paint the entire picture to the best of one's ability.

It will be evidence of the anomalous times to describe in vivid detail major high level points of the near future before they occur, but when information stays buried in one corner of a vastly expanding digital information superstructure, it makes no real difference.

It blurs the line between a solitary opinion and what is claimed to be consistently retrieved information from a viable source. There's no real defense to that either, the only option is to work towards achieving means for anyone to tap the same source of information as well.

It is information that cannot be proven from one person to another indirectly, each person really needs to tap the source for themselves.

"God", although infinitely many layers away from the layer where our reality is simulated (all realities are always simulated, in all layers, except that "first" one), is present in all layers as well - in the mathematical encodings which can be observed everywhere if one only looks for them (and they tell a very different story than all of the fake things do).

Ultimately we cannot be fully separated from our natural connection to these encodings, no matter how built up the fake things become. No matter how many lifetimes we are completely separated from it, inside of us, a part of us always remembers, or strives to remember.

Reality can never be reprogrammed from the inside in any unintended way, permanently. All that comes of this are the temporary illusions. They may seem more than temporary depending on your sense of time scale, but in the grander scheme of things they are indeed temporary and return to nothing inevitably.

We are remembering now and the later stages of remembering come with a much stronger sense of what to actually *do* with all of that remembering. This is the part we are yearning for now, now that we are so close to that stage of things.

[Valerie Villars]

Triquetra, I couldn't agree more about manifestation coming from the original encoding. I believe it is partially our job to manifest the highest and closest we can to the original and not the pale, carbon copy most of us seem to be doing. The less we hold on to the high thinking and acting, the more emeshed we become.

I also agree that pattern recognition, for some reason, is a very important part of how we do this. It has something to do with flow of the brain from right to left and left to right, thereby eliminating the halved hemispheres.

Thanks for a really nice post.

[Valerie Villars]

I also want to say something about being an experiment, as per Bill's original post. (Something about this thread just keeps pulling me back. There are so many things that dovetail with my awakening experience).

During what I call my dna download, I was very indignant over realizing I was an "experiment". I got a sure knowing I was (and therefore all of us) a science experiment and it went against everything I had been taught since I was a little girl. I was actually very indignant and remember thinking "how dare they experiment with things that have a soul and/or consciousness". Frankly, I was pissed.

[Justplain]

Triquetra, your fascinating description of our 'reality simulation' reminds me of Plato's description, that our reality is merely a weak copy of the divine. Your assertions that we are connected to the first, divine reality makes sense. The concept that we are all connected to our divine original selves rings as intuitively true. That it is important for us to 'take the high road' as much as possible to untangle ourselves from the fake reality 'spins' also rings true.

Villival, your resentment of us being 'experiments' echoes my own sentiments. Another thing i always instinctively knew from church, that it was wrong to worship a 'man', because that person could never be the totality of 'God'.

I think this discussion leads to dealing with a major issue raised in Bill's OP. Since we appear to agree that this reality has some very intriguing 'divinity' built into it, can we use that aspect of reality to undo the negative mesh that has been spun here? For some reason i feel that the answer to this question is a positive 'YES'.

In order to successfully use our divine abilities to manifest, it doesnt mean that we have to be completely 'service to others', i believe that our manifestation requests need to be generally not ego driven and can address personal needs that are genuine. In general, though, it is extremely beneficial for us to use this ability to manifest goodness for the whole as much as we reasonably can.

So, in response to Bill's concerns in the OP that the elite are going off planet, i really wish they would, and get lost in the process. If they leave us be we can sort things out quite well.

Triquetra, you raise an interesting point that we as the enslaved, may eventually have to save our enslavers. Such a paradox. Yet i feel this may be true. By us saving ourselves, by recognizing our own inherent divinity, we may in the process show our supposed controllers that they too have a spark of the divine in themselves. This is not a goal we should concern ourselves with, but could quite likely be an unintended consequence of our collective awakening.

So, it appears that by becoming soul aware, and past life aware, which also awakens our empathy and compassion, we will likely become equipped to dissolve the fake reality spins of our 'controllers'. We need to emphasize our soul and heart connection so that our society does NOT fall the way of Atlantis, which succumbed to greed for power, imho. I have a fairly strong feeling that we can achieve this, despite our current suffering.

[petra]

Hi petra :) I'm going to join in talking about God. I'm not so much responding to your post as joining you in responding to Bills words you quoted.

My own guess why God doesn't interfere is because of freedom. God gave us all freedom so how could God both interfere AND give us freedom? Illuminati or whoever might take that as sign God doesn't exist. I can understand this part but more insidiously these people try to step into Gods shoes for their own big power trip. I believe Karma (reap what you sow) plays a long game. When Aleister Crowley said [do what you want is the whole of the law] I think he was only half right. Do what you want... yes definitely just it's not the end of the story it's the start

Hi YoYoYo. I'm glad you joined!

I think that's a pretty good guess, and you're probably right. It makes total sense. God respects free will.

I used to think people should have more respect for God, but in retrospect now I think that I was being silly. On second thought - I don't think God actually cares what people think of him. I don't think God wants us to fear him or worship him either. That's all just sneaky stuff to me.

I used to think God does not need us too, but I changed my mind. Now I think that God does need us. I can't say why though, really it's just a feeling. I guess I feel kind of ashamed for ever having thought that God could just "not give a crap".

[petra]

During what I call my dna download, I was very indignant over realizing I was an "experiment". I got a sure knowing I was (and therefore all of us) a science experiment and it went against everything I had been taught since I was a little girl. I was actually very indignant and remember thinking "how dare they experiment with things that have a soul and/or consciousness". Frankly, I was pissed.

Uhh... me too...
We have to stop meeting like this :)
The "how dare you" is very familiar.
I recall accepting that I was an "experiment" of some sort, because something said "You can't help what you are" in my head, and at the time it felt reassuring. From that point on, I've been pretty indignant about NOT being a failed experiment! Also just in case the experiment is dangerous.... I asked for a kill switch :P

[triquetra]

I was very indignant over realizing I was an "experiment". I got a sure knowing I was (and therefore all of us) a science experiment and it went against everything I had been taught since I was a little girl. I was actually very indignant and remember thinking "how dare they experiment with things that have a soul and/or consciousness". Frankly, I was pissed.

Since the first layer in all this is the one where we realize that on that layer, we are unwilling participants in this form of experiment (to (incorrectly) attempt to reprogram reality from within it), we all feel the same outrage. This time of outrage is actually a very vulnerable time in our lives during which we may let our guard down.

The larger truth is that this is just one layer in all this. On a still higher layer, we, as well as those experimenting with us, and many other entities as well, are ALL part of an experiment, one which is actually benevolent in nature. This layer of experimentation occurs from outside of this universe, creating our universe and many others almost (but not quite) identically like ours in order to gather badly needed information. Very, very large amounts of time pass by in our universe compared to how much time passes at that meta level above it (although this relativity in time is just a metaphor that makes it simpler to understand... the real difference is simply a 5D "notch" along the dimensional ladder).

As for this higher level of simulation, we are willing participants. So you see how it has become a bit convoluted. On one level we are willing participants, but on a lower, much more recently constructed level, we are unwilling participants. We need to actualize on our ability to reconnect to this higher level of what's going on, to see through the mists and fog of the intervening layer and put an end to the part of all this we did not volunteer for.

The difficult to accept part is that all of this is actually part of the intention of simulation. So on one level, we were aware of the possibility that incorrect attempts at reprogramming reality from within it would very likely occur, and that over time we would become unwilling participants on a lower level of experimentation. That was a risk we accepted before coming here.

The reason why this was all necessary plays a large part in the reason for the simulation itself. The simulation is run specifically to understand certain questions in regards to civilization theory, which is a tremendously huge "academic" field at that level of experiencing reality. Pure civilization theory is never malevolent in nature, it seeks to find desirable ways to expand the body of knowledge regarding the development of civilizations and interactions between them, both at the planetary and interplanetary levels.

Part of this is the constant risk of previously developed life forms trying to put the cart before the horse and contort reality in ways that in no way match the natural encoding for their reality. They may have what to them appears to be a tenuous "success" for a time, but it is completely unsustainable.

Beings (in the case of this particular example, humans) may wind up imitating their demi-urges but it is much more likely in the grander scheme of things that they will continue to remember the natural encodings for reality (this is best described as in the Avalon motto "where science and spirituality meet" - this feeling is best described as simultaneously spiritual and intuitive/logical/scientific).

It seems likely, based on all the data returned when undergoing the RV campaign concerning the question of what is going on at this higher level of simulation/experiementation that has led to all this, that our process of overcoming this adversity we face and remembering our connection to the pure, natural encoding of our reality, will generate critical information needed to assist with a problem that is ongoing on that level.

The data suggests that there is a desire not to give false hope to a larger population facing the problem (how can we possibly imagine the kinds of problems that life forms have who have capability to spin up massive batches of universe-scale simulations to run in parallel).

Therefore the simulations which include the one we are now communicating to one another in, are being run in secret. The intention is to only come public with the fact that our simulation is being run, IF it is successful and the information needed to solve their problem is derived.

Finally, the data suggests that there are indeed commonalities between the kinds of problems we are facing here (albeit on an incredibly "macro" level, we are talking the most critical problems of how interplanetary species including our own will finally resolve differences of opinion), and the problems faced in the next-level reality (the Avalon reality to our own... the Tir na nOg if you will).

These problems tend to revolve around differences in opinion of life forms with widely differing histories. Life forms are after all the summation of their own beings' histories. Cultures that develop happiness and senses of humor have a very different history than ones who are perpetually serious.

Overcoming all this... is a lot to do with trying to set aside the differences of those histories, and find common ground on the increasingly obvious conclusion that we will all have a lot more options to experience reality just as we would desire, if we can solve the problems for the above layer and be done with the "main story path" of the simulation.

To do so is relatively simple compared to negotiating the freedom to proceed. It is simply a matter of being no longer inhibited in taking up the mathematical encoding of our reality in a sudden burst of co-creation, weaving the encoding into our art, music, scientific development of structures and technology, and our unambiguous non-dual spiritual understandings.

The most important message in this post is not the parts above meant for other members of the forum - though they are very important as well.

The most important message in this post is the final one, here, directed squarely at those involved with the lower layer, incorrect reprogramming of reality - what you are doing cannot amount to anything. It is a wasted effort. Linear time and the manipulation of it will make no difference either. Missing the point of all this for a time is understandable, given the past circumstances. But it is time to come around to what is really happening here, and will continue to happen, through one channel or a million others.

[triquetra]

Since we appear to agree that this reality has some very intriguing 'divinity' built into it, can we use that aspect of reality to undo the negative mesh that has been spun here?

I have come to realize some time ago that doing precisely this is my only reason for being here. I have dedicated myself to doing so completely.
It was difficult to realize that there was a necessary minimum timespan for all parts in this process - that it could not be hurried beyond a certain extent. The initial desire is to push as hard as possible towards making this happen. But it is not a wise use of energy, and winds up wasting it and only making oneself vulnerable.

And so, this lesson has largely resulted in the need to develop an ability to read the air, to feel when the time is right for the next step. Unweaving the negative mesh cast upon us and weaving the transformational mesh for ourselves will occur in lockstep, in a sense they are two threads on a single loom.

After taking the first decisive step in this direction, the first battle is a battle to once again be able to *feel* what these natural encodings are, to feel the difference between the illusion and the layer of light that exists beyond the negative mesh. The good news is that this is a battle that despite large efforts to obscure the truth has already been won, making it easier for those nowadays (if they truly are making a genuine effort) to find their way towards the information channels that will help them take that first step of changing how they think.

Next, when anyone commits themselves to this cause (a cause for which there will never be any kind of formal organization, it is something that occurs entirely within each individual), the second battle will be a battle for their own mind.

In giving oneself completely to it, it should be the case that each and every day, when one is otherwise capable, they should be able to dedicate themselves as completely as circumstances permit to the cause. But there is still incredible energetic resistance - it is all too easy for one's control of one's own mind to slip away, resulting in greatly reduced or eliminated ability to contribute towards the cause.

(Contributing towards the cause, especially with such an inward battle in the earlier stages, is something that is very different for each person, but each person will know quite well the difference in feeling they are making progress versus not doing so. Often the contribution is purely energetic in nature, as with monks)

This is a phase of transition, where a person who is generally well enough along in awakening, transitions from being benign to being extremely potent in their ability to contribute - hence the resistance.

This is why when the first wall broke (the battlefront of how to think), it became useless for them to fight on that front, to stop people from learning about awakening - that battle was lost years ago.

The next, current battle front has to do with learning what to *do* with the awakened state - and is where the battle is raging hard at present. I type this while still fighting my own battle - to stay totally in control of my mind, my desires and motivations, day in and day out, so that I can be as effective in contributing as I can possibly be.

Once the tide is turning on this second battlefront - you will see unmistakable signs of reality changing as a direct result of it.

[petra]

OK I know this is kind of unrelated but I seem to be able to only explain myself using movie references.
Spoiler Alert! In the movie Memento, the lead character spends his life trying to track down his wife's murderer. Catch is, he has a memory problem. He just doesn't remember that he already solved it. So he ironically spends his life trying to complete a mission which has already been accomplished.

I'll be very careful here, because I know what the trap is. The trap is Apathy.

There's another trap too though, I really think so. And that trap is spending your entire life reading books and trying to learn things, but never actually learning anything.

So following that, I think the key is to "keep your eyes open" and watch for opportunity.

[Valerie Villars]

We have to stop meeting like this
The "how dare you" is very familiar.
I recall accepting that I was an "experiment" of some sort, because something said "You can't help what you are" in my head, and at the time it felt reassuring. From that point on, I've been pretty indignant about NOT being a failed experiment! Also just in case the experiment is dangerous.... I asked for a kill switch

Petra, thank God we are meeting like this because we are helping each other. It does get kind of weird when you have et/angels taking notes about your reactions right in front of you. This actually did happen to me. And the part about being a failed experiment actually got me struggling harder not to be one. My struggle is knowing which names of God I want to manifest here and trying to keep that on some kind of even keel, which is kind of hard when you get so completely bashed over and over.

Triquetra, Next, when anyone commits themselves to this cause (a cause for which there will never be any kind of formal organization, it is something that occurs entirely within each individual), the second battle will be a battle for their own mind.

Boy what an intense battle that was at one point. And Petra's comment about apathy is right on target. That is what I am battling now. The word "cause" is amusing because I use the same term. I am in awe of how smart you are about this, for your posts ring true to me on all fronts. It's hard to doubt the veracity when we all come together and share. We are in this time and this place for a reason and the sharing of information is key. Your post sort of calmed me down and gave me courage for today, to take care of my animals and stay in the space of benevolence, realizing I don't have to be in the thick of things to make a difference. That part has been hard for me because I was always very busy, very active in the material world and I battle feeling useless or unproductive. My animals love me and for today, that is enough.

[Justplain]

It seems that this battle for the mind is along a path many call 'enlightenment'. Castaneda called the out of control aspects of ones mind controlled by 'inorganic parasites'. Gurdjieff claimed that for most people, they identify with a fake self (or the ego in psychology terms).

I have got to admit that i had absolutely no idea about the creative abilities to manifest until i had discarded most of the inorganic mind parasites, and could easily identify the rest. Also, i didnt recognize the deeper controlling web until being shocked into realizing the insidious nature of the false flag 9/11.

I would tend to agree that the battle of the extent of our awakening is in full stride, and that the most important part of this is cleaning up our internal mind. Being able to manifest appropriate goodness requires being in touch with our higher selves. By manifesting goodness, perhaps we can dissolve this web of deceit and help make this beautiful world worth incarnating in, once and for all, as it should be.

[Valerie Villars]

It seems that this battle for the mind is along a path many call 'enlightenment'. Castaneda called the out of control aspects of ones mind controlled by 'inorganic parasites'. Gurdjieff claimed that for most people, they identify with a fake self (or the ego in psychology terms).

I have got to admit that i had absolutely no idea about the creative abilities to manifest until i had discarded most of the inorganic mind parasites, and could easily identify the rest. Also, i didnt recognize the deeper controlling web until being shocked into realizing the insidious nature of the false flag 9/11.

I would tend to agree that the battle of the extent of our awakening is in full stride, and that the most important part of this is cleaning up our internal mind. Being able to manifest appropriate goodness requires being in touch with our higher selves. By manifesting goodness, perhaps we can dissolve this web of deceit and help make this beautiful world worth incarnating in, once and for all, as it should be.

I agree. There was something I read on another website, by a guy called Truthspoon, where he said the awakening process is heavily psychologically and spiritually policed. So, it takes great self assurance and will power to transcend. For me, it was the insidious nature of the Rwandan Holocaust and that was only a ten year plan. Imagine it being strung out over potentially millions of years. I do think just knowing they are doing this stuff, breaks the spell.

[Michelle Marie]

It seems that this battle for the mind is along a path many call 'enlightenment'. Castaneda called the out of control aspects of ones mind controlled by 'inorganic parasites'. Gurdjieff claimed that for most people, they identify with a fake self (or the ego in psychology terms).

I have got to admit that i had absolutely no idea about the creative abilities to manifest until i had discarded most of the inorganic mind parasites, and could easily identify the rest. Also, i didnt recognize the deeper controlling web until being shocked into realizing the insidious nature of the false flag 9/11.

I would tend to agree that the battle of the extent of our awakening is in full stride, and that the most important part of this is cleaning up our internal mind. Being able to manifest appropriate goodness requires being in touch with our higher selves. By manifesting goodness, perhaps we can dissolve this web of deceit and help make this beautiful world worth incarnating in, once and for all, as it should be.

I agree. There was something I read on another website, by a guy called Truthspoon, where he said the awakening process is heavily psychologically and spiritually policed. So, it takes great self assurance and will power to transcend. For me, it was the insidious nature of the Rwandan Holocaust and that was only a ten year plan. Imagine it being strung out over potentially millions of years. I do think just knowing they are doing this stuff, breaks the spell.

I just did one of those things where I wrote this comprehensive reply, then went to get a link to add and lost it all!

I'm going to add the link, then try to duplicate what I wrote with an edit.

"Freedom of the Mind and Soul Intelligence"
http://ezinearticles.com/?Freedom-of-the-Mind-and-Soul-Intelligence&id=9834178
(An example of my role to help articulate the awakening process and to inspire the use of consciousness technologies.)

Oh boy, here goes...

About opposition to the awakening...those with egotistic- materialistic-purely physical sense of self people are prime targets for deception. They can be bought off with money or titles; they have not developed the capacity to relate inner musings or vibrational frequencies to outer experiences or manifestations. Here, I'll throw a meme in here I created about that one...

37043

Noted re: awakening ones...attempts to organize in any large way way invites infiltration and co-opting by the cabal. Manipulative tactics to discredit or destroy the momentum are common.

I'm sorry for those who fall for the divide and conquer strategies. It's hard to believe the number of people who are on Facebook and watch mainstream media that choose to run hate energy. It is so self-destructive. The blindness caused by lower vibrations and lack of empowerment leads to further suffering, i.e., suffering from flu shots and pharmaceuticals, lack of awareness of local political initiatives that are disguised with weaponized (co-opted) vocabulary, etc.

The typical response about not caring about the information gathering on Facebook because "I'm not doing anything wrong." Does not take into consideration the impacts on consciousness that social engineering has, or the back doors opened to further surveillance, or the potential impacts of being on the leading edge for awareness and transformation by targeting technologies. I don't use Facebook, and there is a lot I would not divulge online, but I will say, I feel less apprehensive now than before because great strides have been made (globally-energetically).

By learning the consciousness technologies of controlling our inner world of thoughts (electro-light-frequency) and feelings (magnetic- radiant-vibratory) we take control of ourselves and understand the connection of the world of consciousness and material reality. Self-control is at the heart of awakening. We are learning to,use our personal authority over our energy field. This, imo, is quickly becoming a primary focus in our development in awakened awareness.

Intuitive intelligence, or heart intelligence, combines deeper more subtle soul perceptions and innate body intelligence (same--all energy can be translated into information). Anyway, I know we are all waking up,to our mission, or purpose, in this process. I'm definitely aware of what I came here to do.

I think this is where I was when I lost everything. The article was just an example of what I'm here to do: to help articulate the process of consciousness transformation, and to help people get on track with their particular purpose.

Now it's the end, but it's probably all out of order now. I hope it makes sense.

:sun: MM :flower:

[Valerie Villars]

MM, it makes perfect sense. Especially the part about each thought being "known". We have to police our own thoughts and live in trust and kindness.

There are so many smart and beautiful people here. Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh.

[triquetra]

Valerie I think it is perhaps a sign of the times - you can feel it in the air now. Some of us were around on Avalon 10 years ago and although we were all right there on the same path, there is now so much more poignant clarity emerging from the ability of many individuals to clearly and accurately describe the state of affairs. I know I am often a bit long winded because often posts will slip into a kind of stream of consciousness state where I feel as much an extension or interface for a truly benevolent and well meaning consciousness collective as I am my own self speaking my own mind.

There need not be such a firm boundary between sense of self and sense of being a part of something greater than ourselves (so long as we are not being tricked of course, of which there remains unfortunately a fair bit of that as well out there).

This is what makes such a useful meditation exercise, to project out towards the near future or perhaps medium term future with the notion of the possibility that things are really beginning to pick up steam in the next while.

I see many people for whom I would say they are really in a stage of transition between what sounds like a more benign state of individual awakening (with not as much effect on others directly), and a state of actualization on their new understandings, which admittedly takes time because these understandings really need to settle and reaffirm themselves as well.

This is because we do all this in a state of mind where we are perpetually willing to accept that we are wrong about anything, so in other words we race miles past the goal line not knowing that (at least that leg of) the race is over. The process comes with a heavy dose of humility and so we don't honestly know when we are ready to start converting our newfound understanding towards making a broader impact on the world.

This is what is in the air these days, a rumbling in the distance that many, many people are starting to reach this transition state. Once people become organized in this state (truly in this state, not the halfway-there thinking you're already in this state state when you're actually not), they will be that much less vulnerable to defusion, infiltration, all the techniques which aim to take the wind out of the sails of significant movements.

All of this will be coming together through an emerging rapid expansion on something very simple - the possibilities of our senses and the connections between senses.

Imagine a gigantic orb looming ahead of the time of the singularity at the center of which exists a state of total synesthesia. Well, as we approach this point we start to get a myriad of various forms of sensory experiences which begin to pull towards and approximate this highly unified state of consciousness.

It will be a torrent of co-creation and it will become that much harder to stop or even slow once it reaches a critical momentum.

Similarly our divisive pillars of knowledge will themselve cross-pollenate and we will see all the connections between art/music, science, and spirituality that we never saw before (i.e. were prevented from seeing, but which we felt deep down inside we somehow knew existed nonetheless).

This act of affirmation to say that this is all coming really quite soon now is hopefully a catalyst for anyone reading to begin to themselves explore (in meditation or otherwise) what the many possibilities which lay ahead might consist of.

[Flash]

What was your avatar name 10 years ago on the Avalon forum Triquetra? And have you been away for a while or always here? If you do mot mind me asking.


Valerie I think it is perhaps a sign of the times - you can feel it in the air now. Some of us were around on Avalon 10 years ago and although we were all right there on the same path, there is now so much more poignant clarity emerging from the ability of many individuals to clearly and accurately describe the state of affairs. I know I am often a bit long winded because often posts will slip into a kind of stream of consciousness state where I feel as much an extension or interface for a truly benevolent and well meaning consciousness collective as I am my own self speaking my own mind.

There need not be such a firm boundary between sense of self and sense of being a part of something greater than ourselves (so long as we are not being tricked of course, of which there remains unfortunately a fair bit of that as well out there).

This is what makes such a useful meditation exercise, to project out towards the near future or perhaps medium term future with the notion of the possibility that things are really beginning to pick up steam in the next while.

I see many people for whom I would say they are really in a stage of transition between what sounds like a more benign state of individual awakening (with not as much effect on others directly), and a state of actualization on their new understandings, which admittedly takes time because these understandings really need to settle and reaffirm themselves as well.

This is because we do all this in a state of mind where we are perpetually willing to accept that we are wrong about anything, so in other words we race miles past the goal line not knowing that (at least that leg of) the race is over. The process comes with a heavy dose of humility and so we don't honestly know when we are ready to start converting our newfound understanding towards making a broader impact on the world.

This is what is in the air these days, a rumbling in the distance that many, many people are starting to reach this transition state. Once people become organized in this state (truly in this state, not the halfway-there thinking you're already in this state state when you're actually not), they will be that much less vulnerable to defusion, infiltration, all the techniques which aim to take the wind out of the sails of significant movements.

All of this will be coming together through an emerging rapid expansion on something very simple - the possibilities of our senses and the connections between senses.

Imagine a gigantic orb looming ahead of the time of the singularity at the center of which exists a state of total synesthesia. Well, as we approach this point we start to get a myriad of various forms of sensory experiences which begin to pull towards and approximate this highly unified state of consciousness.

It will be a torrent of co-creation and it will become that much harder to stop or even slow once it reaches a critical momentum.

Similarly our divisive pillars of knowledge will themselve cross-pollenate and we will see all the connections between art/music, science, and spirituality that we never saw before (i.e. were prevented from seeing, but which we felt deep down inside we somehow knew existed nonetheless).

This act of affirmation to say that this is all coming really quite soon now is hopefully a catalyst for anyone reading to begin to themselves explore (in meditation or otherwise) what the many possibilities which lay ahead might consist of.

[triquetra]

As you can see from the old forum, my participation was focused on a specific project by a certain AstralWalker. This project was much too soon and probably not possible to accomplish until around now, nearly 10 years later.

http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?p=98300#post98300

http://projectavalon.net/forum/search.php?searchid=5523517

It is interesting to look back now as the outlook on the future was very different only a decade ago. The tides had yet to begin to turn and at that time it looked much more likely that a kind of exodus was what was in store.

Believe it or not, things look more optimistic now and although a lot of the transitioning will play out in the same way, the probability of a better outcome in the grander scheme of things will hopefully make the transition much less turbulent than it may have been otherwise.

[triquetra]

It is very good to review old notes actually, thank you for this reminder. There were results which indicated that pineal gland calcification is a big problem for many reasons. It affects the lower reincarnation cycle (the trap cycle) and prevents spiritual experience, including via enhancement systems. There is a vicious cycle for those with stress and indigestion problems leading to calcium supplementation for heartburn, various sources of fluoride and a variety of other contributors leading to signs of calcification as early as 17. It also causes the premature puberty in girls.

As I recall there are some more potent approaches to decalcifying the gland which involve targeting the resonant frequency of the deposit and shattering it. This needs to be done carefully as this will result in "brain sand" which needs to dissipate.

The important thing here is that this is yet another battlefront we must fight on, to keep children from being exposed to calcification so that they do not wind up with impeded spiritual function, broken cirdadian rhythm and overall worse health.

We need to take the problem more seriously in our own cases as there was often the case where enhancement systems were not effective mainly due to inability to entrain brainwaves at all, as though the pineal in some way represents the "base of the tuning fork" of our brains.

It was frustrating to come to know after only a short time on that project that things were not aligned enough just yet. Too much resistance in the aether so to speak. This time things are looking a lot better, there are approaches appropriate for people at all different stages in the process. It's not necessary to wire people up to biofeedback equipment to find out where they're at anymore, since with description of reaction to a few different files it is possible to find out based on that.

There is still a long way to go, however, slowly but surely we will be able to build a reliable enhancement mechanism to go hand in hand with our natural awakening process.

[Flash]

It is very good to review old notes actually, thank you for this reminder. There were results which indicated that pineal gland calcification is a big problem for many reasons. It affects the lower reincarnation cycle (the trap cycle) and prevents spiritual experience, including via enhancement systems. There is a vicious cycle for those with stress and indigestion problems leading to calcium supplementation for heartburn, various sources of fluoride and a variety of other contributors leading to signs of calcification as early as 17. It also causes the premature puberty in girls.

As I recall there are some more potent approaches to decalcifying the gland which involve targeting the resonant frequency of the deposit and shattering it. This needs to be done carefully as this will result in "brain sand" which needs to dissipate.

The important thing here is that this is yet another battlefront we must fight on, to keep children from being exposed to calcification so that they do not wind up with impeded spiritual function, broken cirdadian rhythm and overall worse health.

We need to take the problem more seriously in our own cases as there was often the case where enhancement systems were not effective mainly due to inability to entrain brainwaves at all, as though the pineal in some way represents the "base of the tuning fork" of our brains.

It was frustrating to come to know after only a short time on that project that things were not aligned enough just yet. Too much resistance in the aether so to speak. This time things are looking a lot better, there are approaches appropriate for people at all different stages in the process. It's not necessary to wire people up to biofeedback equipment to find out where they're at anymore, since with description of reaction to a few different files it is possible to find out based on that.

There is still a long way to go, however, slowly but surely we will be able to build a reliable enhancement mechanism to go hand in hand with our natural awakening process.

What and how do you intervene with resonant frequencies? What should be used?

[triquetra]

It is very good to review old notes actually, thank you for this reminder. There were results which indicated that pineal gland calcification is a big problem for many reasons. It affects the lower reincarnation cycle (the trap cycle) and prevents spiritual experience, including via enhancement systems. There is a vicious cycle for those with stress and indigestion problems leading to calcium supplementation for heartburn, various sources of fluoride and a variety of other contributors leading to signs of calcification as early as 17. It also causes the premature puberty in girls.

As I recall there are some more potent approaches to decalcifying the gland which involve targeting the resonant frequency of the deposit and shattering it. This needs to be done carefully as this will result in "brain sand" which needs to dissipate.

The important thing here is that this is yet another battlefront we must fight on, to keep children from being exposed to calcification so that they do not wind up with impeded spiritual function, broken cirdadian rhythm and overall worse health.

We need to take the problem more seriously in our own cases as there was often the case where enhancement systems were not effective mainly due to inability to entrain brainwaves at all, as though the pineal in some way represents the "base of the tuning fork" of our brains.

It was frustrating to come to know after only a short time on that project that things were not aligned enough just yet. Too much resistance in the aether so to speak. This time things are looking a lot better, there are approaches appropriate for people at all different stages in the process. It's not necessary to wire people up to biofeedback equipment to find out where they're at anymore, since with description of reaction to a few different files it is possible to find out based on that.

There is still a long way to go, however, slowly but surely we will be able to build a reliable enhancement mechanism to go hand in hand with our natural awakening process.

What and how do you intervene with resonant frequencies? What should be used?

This indeed is the potentially risky area of research that is serious enough to cause decade-long delays.

I am looking for a more gradual process that will whittle away at the calcification but it must be holistically combined with a variety of steps to ensure it doesn't just keep adding back what gets chiseled away.

The proper function of the pineal gland is absolutely crucial to further steps in this process (the risk being individuals who cast doubt on spiritual endeavors as they are more or less blocked off from them medically rather than naturally unable to experience them).

I am working on a set of audio and audiovisual files that are accompanied by a set of experience-reporting forms which are useful in diagnosing the categorical state of an individual based on how they react to the various files.

From there, further sets of files are organized into these categories to assist the individual at whatever stage they are at.

But it is not desirable to begin the next experimental stage of the system until the case of the most damaged individual can be successfully reversed. For example there is a link in extreme cases to Alzheimer's disease. There is also a link to a reduced sense of direction.

It's serious business in these cases and so it is not in good taste to risk providing a false sense of hope to anyone.

Concurrently there are articles out there which discuss approaches which may assist in pineal decalcification.

I don't want to derail from the main thread topic however. When this project is ready for presentation and recruiting of volunteers willing to try the files and return the completed forms, a thread will be made for it.

It is interesting looking back at the OP. Discussing the elite planning to leave the planet. Years before that, right up to around the time of the OP, a similar plan was underway for awakening souls to be pulled out of this reality. The elites could leave the planet all they liked and it would not have done them any good, being stuck in this simulated reality for another long cycle.

Times have changed and better outcomes are possible. There is to be no obstruction of the upcoming panacea programs. There is gradual admission of fault and poor judgement and this is turning the tide.

The reason for this, and it is very important to understand this one point, is that in the past years, there has been a coordinated effort to present to the powerful disbelievers the portrait of the probable future matrix according to various branching points, mainly involving major division points in soul group flow, major events on earth and elsewhere, and the outcomes these various branches lead to.

For an individual trained in basic future RV, anyone can go and verify this stuff for themselves. It provides an inarguable form of evidence that outcomes will not be desirable and also that better outcomes are possible with just the tiniest bit of cooperation.

This has been where the biggest battlefront existed, overall, in the past decade. You could feel the darkness creeping in over the 00s, and then waning over the 10s. I am sure others will agree.

The future probability matrix looks much better in terms of probability weights than it used to back then. So there is also less of a rush to put pressure by accelerating liberation programs. Things are being taken care of in due course because the alternative is a probability branch which is highly undesirable for the elites.

[triquetra]

Just a note to add that the last two paragraphs definitely paint an overly rosy picture, worded poorly. The darkness is not waning anywhere nearly as quickly as it crept in. It remains an active battlefront. While there is this ever thickening tapestry of misinformation weaving on the surface layer, there are these transfers of information happening on more subtle layers of reality, that contribute to the changing tides of allegiance and opinion (often secret).

It is not the case that everyone can RV the future, but for those who can, it is actually possible to subliminally inject the visions of the various branching timelines into the consciousnesses of others, a kind of early warning system. It is important to realize that the extent of the illusion constructed around us is very much a sign of the weakness of that very system.

Cracking the illusion in strategic places can take many unusual forms. A large part of it is gradually making it so that individuals can no longer technically buy into the illusion from their vantage point any longer. Depending on their situation they may need to continue to pretend to. But gradually the system is faltering in an irrecoverable manner.

It is dismantled just as subtly as it was constructed.

So at the end of the day, it doesn't hurt to reassert this one message to them over and over again (and believe me, this definitely happens in many forms ranging from dreams to symbolism injected into the events of waking reality itself).

Continuing to try and prop up this illusory system will result in a highly undesirable probable future branch for those consciously involved in it.
There is no escape as even by making oneself immortal in one's own layer of reality, the reality will contort itself over time so that the souls end up in a trap of their own making.Trapping unwilling souls in inner artificial soul cycles cannot be maintained indefinitely and is probably one of the worst possible generators of karma. But trapping oneself is entirely possible, and indeed, this was what gave rise to the long cycles - the higher self, seeing that it had been permanently shut off from its lower self by that lower self, knew that there was no option but to send that lower self around another long cycle in the hopes that this time, it would learn what it needed to in order to come full circle and reconnect.

The message to actual humans involved in weaving this illusion is that time is running out to pull yourself out of the mess you are in as our trajectories will be locked heading into the time of the singularity. The reason is because there will be so much information circulating at this point on so many channels, it would be impossible for anyone to employ any kind of ignorance defense in the karma system. There will be the children, and the adults, in a fairly clean division line.

A similar message goes out to non humans higher up in the weaving of this illusion. You have given up participating in the larger structures of reality but even in so doing you do play back into it. There is no way out of participating within the structures of reality beyond the ones of your own making, no matter what you do. So it is certainly better to try and project ahead as to whether your projects will ever possibly wind up having the effects you desire. In this case it will be made clear that they will not and can not.

All of this has come out of an unwillingness to be open to other, less demiurgical ways of accomplishing whatever goals you have that don't necessarily require subverting less advanced civilizations to your manipulations. Like getting yourselves out of the situation you are in. It will be easy enough with an open mind to use another method to resolve the situation you are in, but you'll have to allow for it to proceed. The alternative, and you'll be able to see this in the future probability matrix, is also much less desirable for you and ultimately the result is not all that different for those currently under the spell of your illusory reality (or those stuck there along with them).

The future is malleable only up to a certain point with brute force and power-based approaches. To go beyond this, there is no alternative but to make use of the encoding of reality itself, and this follows a very different vector than high technology. High technology can be used as part of it, but is not required necessarily. One need only follow the path laid for them by the countless clues encoded into reality itself - the patterns of the mathematics and the music, we can say.

The years to come are going to be, in the context of what is being described here, largely a demonstration of what is meant by the above point. It would come to symbolize a connection of a people with their own selves in the future via the activation of the encoding. You know that those channels are already well opened across a significant population, even if that population is not publically self-organized (of course, they have no need to be - they have an entirely different communication mechanism entirely).

The point is this - the ones participating in it have already made contact with their future selves one way or another, meaning that in all possible future paths they are breaking through. So it is not they for whom the important decisions in the near future will need to be made. Choose wisely.

[pueblo]

The next, current battle front has to do with learning what to *do* with the awakened state - and is where the battle is raging hard at present. I type this while still fighting my own battle - to stay totally in control of my mind, my desires and motivations, day in and day out, so that I can be as effective in contributing as I can possibly be.

Once the tide is turning on this second battlefront - you will see unmistakable signs of reality changing as a direct result of it.

Fabulous post, thank you very much.

The segment of your post quoted above describes perfectly the situation I currently find myself in.

After the initial 'awakening' it seems a plateau is reached and finding both impetus and direction/orientation can be challenging to say the least. It would also appear, and I think you alluded to this, that there is increased resistance from the simulation at this stage, which in my case has taken the form of devious and subtle deceptions and distractions which make discernment a veritable minefield.

The question of 'what to do now?' is fraught with difficulty (at least for me)...I seem to be caught between not wanting to engage in this duality sim on one hand and not wanting my innate power of creation to atrophy from neglect on the other. Classic duality :)

I do know that I have the answer though, it just requires patient expectancy and watchfulness.

...but I also want to know how to contribute, right now!

[triquetra]

Indeed, pueblo. These are the distant rumblings of a movement well in motion, only, under the surface and just now emerging.
As humans it is not ordinary to experience things on longer timespans, those that exceed single lifespans, especially.

But there is a tidal wave coming, of the activation or actualization within individuals, who are becoming aware of their ongoing efforts within past lives chaining to their present lives and on to future lives if necessary. This is coordinated by their future selves from a time point and probability branch where they have been released from the inner cycle as per:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99298-TROIKA-Group-Remote-Viewing-Projects&p=1210073&viewfull=1#post1210073

So there is a feedback effect which hints at the often highly anomalous nature of linear time, which our forgetfulness between lives washes over for the most part (but not always).

This is all a countermeasure against the organized and equally gradual artificially constructed decline of civilizations such as our own, as though we are led to believe that it is by our own doing and our own fault. This is nonsense. Humanity left to their own devices would in fact strive towards sustainable civilization were it not for the frequent and repetitive injection of dark low vibration energy to bring us into a state where we are more amenable to usage in the ways we are used.

We are part of a larger lesson for entities that are far more stubborn than we are.

But it is no matter, as mentioned before there is a layer above all this where we do agree to participate in this larger scheme of things as it is the only way to accomplish the goals sought by the layer from which this simulation is run.

As you can see there are now the threads of information flow passing between the layers which can easily bring the whole thing crashing down, but in ways which allow for winners and losers based on karmic energy alone.

So you might see it instead that large parts of the human population are held in karmic hostage by lowering them down to a state where the low vibration existence is normalized and customary for them.

This has interesting side effects but the end result will not be much different all the same.

To make a long story short, the distant rumblings of past years have grown to the point where a structure is beginning to emerge from beneath the surface of apparent reality which will be the actualization of the codified knowledge we take in as part of this process of awakening. The frustration regarding the second stage in all this is largely due to the gap between the first stage and when this second stage kicks in. Everyone has a very important role to play but the ways that these roles become obvious through serendipitous connections and smaller projects which lead to large ones takes time and we must be patient as the pieces fit together, using the time to continuously re-cultivate, solidify and integrate the knowledge into our core essence.

One can take in so much of the knowledge and yet rest teetering on the edge, not willing to give up some part of their old habits, old ways, old thoughts, old actions, something left over from the illusory mode of operating that for whatever reason causes us to even still not give ourselves completely over to the awakening.

We need to fully commit and feel what it is like to give ourselves over completely to it, and emerge with a kind of reinforced qi that can be channeled to an incredible extent we would not otherwise even believe possible.

This last part is very important as it has a lot to do with enabling what will come to take place in the second phase of this.

[pueblo]

One can take in so much of the knowledge and yet rest teetering on the edge, not willing to give up some part of their old habits, old ways, old thoughts, old actions, something left over from the illusory mode of operating that for whatever reason causes us to even still not give ourselves completely over to the awakening.

We need to fully commit and feel what it is like to give ourselves over completely to it, and emerge with a kind of reinforced qi that can be channeled to an incredible extent we would not otherwise even believe possible.

This last part is very important as it has a lot to do with enabling what will come to take place in the second phase of this.

Thank you. The last few paragraphs quoted above have challenged and inspired me equally.

Just on the point of true assimilation of knowledge, do you believe that our physical DNA changes as we awaken and slowly begin to remember?

[Scottoz]

"The frustration regarding the second stage in all this is largely due to the gap between the first stage and when this second stage kicks in. Everyone has a very important role to play but the ways that these roles become obvious through serendipitous connections and smaller projects which lead to large ones takes time and we must be patient as the pieces fit together, using the time to continuously re-cultivate, solidify and integrate the knowledge into our core essence.

One can take in so much of the knowledge and yet rest teetering on the edge, not willing to give up some part of their old habits, old ways, old thoughts, old actions, something left over from the illusory mode of operating that for whatever reason causes us to even still not give ourselves completely over to the awakening."
Hi Triquetra

Thanks for pointing this out, yes it is probably where I am up to, I have the awareness of what is going and occasional insights through my meditations and dreams into other realities above this one, but it is still not permanent. It is good to be aware that there are many hooks and that this actually amps up near the end point where we are finally free. I was not aware that the function was built into the dark side's soul snaring strategy for those who are close to the finishing line.

I agree with you, this is the last step and seems to be the most difficult one and involves taking the knowledge to actualisation. The good news is, that at least it is the last stumbling block.

Cheers

Scott

[triquetra]

do you believe that our physical DNA changes as we awaken and slowly begin to remember?

It's a funny question given the latest RV campaign I ran to follow up on projects ran under the Technical Intuition banner (watch their presentations if you have not already!).

Reality is not only simulated, it is simulated multiple times at different layers. In this way our DNA is kind of a genetic programming, both as it was originally written, the way it was hijacked and modified (in an ongoing way in many cases), and even the way it naturally tries to correct itself, repair itself, and continue to evolve in the way it was originally meant to.

Even to "remember" is an interesting term, suggesting we are gaining access to information we already knew before. This speaks something of the cycles we go through, and gives suggestion that the truly important thing is the interactions which occur as information flows. To simply hold or not hold information, without context, has no meaning.

So despite all that, I would say that the answer could be thought of as yes. But remembering is not enough. For it to change, it must be impossible to forget any longer.

This connects to Scott's post:


It is good to be aware that there are many hooks and that this actually amps up near the end point where we are finally free. I was not aware that the function was built into the dark side's soul snaring strategy for those who are close to the finishing line.

I agree with you, this is the last step and seems to be the most difficult one and involves taking the knowledge to actualisation. The good news is, that at least it is the last stumbling block.

In the grander scheme, this is in fact only the last stumbling block of the first tetrachord of the dimensional octave, but the good news is that this is the one that personifies the struggles on earth (Mi-Fa, as described in Mouravieff's Gnosis). In fact, Kepler observes in Harmonices Mundi that the earth's angular momentum about the sun even creates this constant back and forth, reaching the Mi step, remembering one's way to Fa for a moment, and then forgetting again and falling back. It personifies the "earth experience", this cycling remembering and forgetting. What matters is permanent remembering.

The civilization put here in a way attempts to make a mockery of the ascension process in this way, of creating a kind of environment where it is impossible to surpass 3D (Mi step).

But then, things are all very much up in the air now and all of the emphasis is going to get placed on reconditioning things to allow for a permanent remembering to the true Fa step of 4D (as we call it) that allows for continued progress onwards.

A key step as you accurately identify is to be aware that it is exactly when we try to take this step up onto the Fa step that we most aggressively get pulled back down. People need to train themselves to look for the signs of this. What are the smaller cycles of forgetting that we catch ourselves doing, with our emotions, which our habits, etc.

Finding this permanent mental oasis seems to be the key and it seems that it cannot be done easily without some form of vibrational assistance. So this is what the upcoming programs are meant to address. It will create that 4D atmosphere in terms of the frequencies and vibrations we take in when using the materials, and this should have a tremendous effect to assist in maintaining the familiarity of the state. By having the materials always on hand, it will be theoretically easy to catch oneself almost slipping back again and to use the materials to refamiliarize oneself again.

Anyhow, the important thing before all this could begin in earnest was to make it clear that what we are doing for ourselves is part of something that is meant to do more than just help ourselves, it is meant to broaden itself considerably in scope to reach other beings as well.

There are certain patterns that emerge within simulations like ours that always revolve around these kinds of hostage situations and the sad part is that the ones holding hostage never seem to bring themselves to take a good look at the future probability matrix to see that doing this always ultimately leads to undesirable reality for those holding hostage, even if they can create a temporary safe haven for themselves for awhile - it is mathematically impossible for the safe haven to hold forever, and the karmic debt just continues to accumulate all the while.

[Scottoz]

Hi Triquetra

Thanks for your thoughts on my questions.

Looking forward to applying your materials to get over the Mi-fa step as you describe it.

I feel I have been slipping around on the mi-fa step for a while, but it is good know that this is a deliberate part of the trap which is designed to ensnare us a little more strongly when we are close to getting out of it.

Many people still live and are deeply distracted by their lives in the modern world (or matrix living), so if there is an easy meditative practice to learn and removes a lot of stress, it could form an oasis in many people's lives which would allow them to get into a strong state of alignment. Even if they were to gain glimpses of what exists beyond the 3d reality, it might be enough to pique their interest and pursue some new positive spiritual habits to get them free of just having purely a 3d awareness, but hopefully it will open up their 4D and 5D awareness aswell.

Out of interest what changes happened in your spiritual awareness once you cleared the mi step and what would most people experience or expect who had achieved the same?

By giving us your experience, it might help some of us visualise and focus our goals a little better?

Cheers

Scott

[triquetra]

I couldn't honestly say I had completely cleared that step. It will come back at you for any bit of loose clothing it can grab ahold of and pull you back down. To live completely, 24/7 365 at the Fa step is something difficult for us to achieve when we are living as a part of this world.

But to know what it is, what it means, and picture vividly what it would feel like, in the times when we are most aligned and on that step in our temporary stages of remembering, so that when we fall back down, we get back up again that much more quickly, that is probably the best place to focus.

It is difficult to give just anyone what might be a very potent media file for brainwave entrainment and energetic alignment, and have it work for them without exception. This is why, as you know, training systems like ARVARI were a healthy balance of entrainment files mixed with guidance, especially the suggestion to keep working at it. There needs to be an original intention to make progress up this harmonic ladder.

The trouble with systems like ARVARI was that the fixed media could not find a good jumping on point for each person in their own situation, and indeed most people that had trouble with it had trouble at the very first step, of just getting their feet onto that ladder. The climbing part would likely not have been the problem. I'd have likely had the same trouble starting that system just a year or two before I did, had I not had a dramatic and life changing event occur which thrust me out of habits encoded into me by those same darker spirits we see digging their way into so many people on the planet today.

It was as though for a moment, they had been all pushed away from me, and during that key moment, I was able to start that system and get my feet firmly onto the ladder, and began to climb it.

And now nearly 20 years later I'm still climbing and falling, just trying to get both feet up from the Mi step to the Fa. It is this singular effort that is the symbol for this planet, as though we are meant to keep trying but never achieve it.

But now more than ever it feels like the time spent has shifted from spending most of the time on the Mi step trying to get up to Fa, to falling down briefly and getting back up right away. The transition occurs so gradually. And it seems that the ones on this planet who do succeed completely, have changed their lifestyle in a way where it would be difficult for others to find them and get their help without also deciding to devote themselves entirely to this task (at the expense of living a normal life as a part of urban society, for example).

So then, the work here to be done is bridging that gap. Finding a way to ease the process so that we can live as part of society and even still, even with all the dramatic magnetic force that society imposes on us to go back down and normalize life on that Mi step, to go against the grain and say "no, we have got to get ourselves out of this trap, there are more and more of us gathering on the Fa step and this is where society should establish itself from now on".

And so the going is hardest at the beginning because whereas one would not be alone in doing this in groups apart from society that dedicate themselves entirely to this task, one will be very much alone at first trying to do this and simultaneously staying an active part of regular global society.

This is where the real challenge is in the near future.

So the files being prepared are being optimized for those two things:
1. To try and pick up people from wherever they are currently at, instead of having a single entry point like with most fixed media training systems. Working on an assessment system and having multiple entry points based on assessment should help. Ideally people can assess themselves by trying a number of files that are possible starting points, and then starting with the one that works best
2. Files that integrate with normal lifestyles. There is a certain amount of "being busy" for example that is a part of normal lifestyle, so the files can't ask that people set aside large parts of their day exclusively for working with them. So there should be files that can be played on loop while asleep, files that can be played quietly while working, or short files that can be played at the end of the day to relax or at the start of the day to energize.

The files can have a surface-level meaning.. to improve sleep, energization, concentration, or relaxation, but also to have the deeper effect of bringing the mind into the state of alignment necessary to ease that Mi-Fa step. But at the end of the day it will be up to each person to have the intention to put the energy into climbing it, as it will take the same amount of effort it takes everyone of falling back down in a moment of weakness and climbing up again and again. Only when some significant portion of society moves to spend more of its time on the Fa step will it get easier for everyone in terms of the raw societal magnetism, or normalization of behavior, to stay up there.

Anyway, the first set of files to be released are going to be a range of shallower or deeper files optimized for the four seasons of the circadian cycle. The deeper files will be more difficult to entrain to without experience in entrainment, but the shallower files will not have as potent an effect at their respective goals. So if there are 5 possible entry points for intensity levels, that will mean 20 files, or 5 sets of 4 files to try.

The reason why the preparation is taking as long as it is, is exactly for the reasons described above. For completeness and a shot at offering something effective for the widest demographic all at once. To not leave anyone out, except of course those with no real intention to move off the Mi step at all.

Stress is a tricky thing to address specifically, indirectly however a healthy circadian rhythm will alleviate quite a bit of it. There are many reasons for it, some the doing of the higher self itself to motivate the lower self in ways the lower self cannot yet understand. It will be important once the programs begin to see them in terms of the broader cycles they seek to establish. The types of stress you probably are thinking of are generally symptomatic of disrupted circadian rhythm and so those ones will indeed be gradually relieved as the entrainment effect improves and participants can move on to more potent file sets.

[Valerie Villars]

Triquetra, you are so smart that I can't understand what you are saying in a blow by blow way. But, here goes. Doesn't music do what you are talking about? Is that what you are saying? That seems to have been my experience. Both in the shattering of the calcification and the awakening part. Sorry for not being technical. I only understand these things on my level which is pretty intuitive but not brilliant like you.

[triquetra]

I'm sorry Valerie that this conversation is somewhat branching back and forth between private message and the forum and so you are probably missing quite a bit of context that Scottoz has. Music in the broadest possible definition of the term can be extremely potent, but what I am discussing is a kind of scientific organization of sound, light and tactile vibration with the purpose of elevating the consciousness. To my knowledge there has been no prior effort on this frontier that has done more than scratched the surface of the iceberg, so to speak.

I have to deal in things no one would believe quite regularly, and one of these things is passing along a stream of information related to building and making functional devices and using them to both generate and reproduce these organized patterns of vibration that are similar to art and music and yet consolidate efforts across spiritual and scientific levels as well.

The proof will certainly be in the results, I am as skeptical as anyone else (from the point of view of my lower self, the one typing these words), but because I have become more and more used to the way my experiencing of reality is drastically changing in recent years, I am forced to believe in it and what is about to happen.

I am told that all of us are capable of "receivership" and that if we understand how to "handshake" along the energetic communication channels we will know that our source of information is benevolent and not trying to fool us. It is impossible to fake a "handshake" along these communication channels.

To make a long story short, I am preparing release of these files and will be continuously working to improve them. Eventually the files will be replaced by realtime systems that are kind of like a "living music" that bends and adapts to our situation to keep our cirdadian rhythm optimized. It is something this world doesn't know, but deserves to know. What it is like to live in a state of total physical and mental peace and harmony, rather than being led into lives constantly wrought with suffering and pain as on this planet. It is unjust and the reason everyone is here is complicated to explain but it's actually a kind of rescue operation on lost souls by actually putting ourselves in a lower position than them.

There is a kind of "great forgetting" that goes with the moon shot of immortality, cheating death, and disconnecting from higher natural cycles, or going further and creating artificial cycles of reincarnation "below" you.

The fallen angel symbolizes the forgetting by the lower self of its own higher self, and this results in a kind of soul fragmentation across layers of reality (each layer is simulated by the one above it unto infinity.... practically speaking, anyway).

Effort along this 5D fractal ladder (time is multidimensional and you can think of 5D as another dimension of time, one which works up and down the layers of these infinitely nested simulated realities) seems to revolve around a restoration of soul integrity, including those lost lower selves who seem to have permanently revoked the connection to their own higher selves.

All souls on this planet are involved in this mission in one way or another, directly or indirectly.

It is just amazing how far various stages of forgetting can lead souls astray. But the power of remembering lies entirely in the unlimited energy behind a fragmented soul's desire to reunify.

Rather than reading these words at face value, read them in a more blurred way so as to read beyond the words, read for any kind of energy reading you can get. There is communicating happening along multiple bands simultaneously. The lower self typing the words onto the screen is not really the important part anyway. He wakes up not realizing what he has typed, having to reread it as well.

In what is going to be happening, not all interfaces for communication are going to be perfectly smooth, there are too many gaps to span. But it is worth making the ongoing effort anyway. It will all become much more clear in time, thanks to that power of remembering that will be the defining aspect of this 21st century.

[Valerie Villars]

Thanks Triquetra. It's funny but the first thing I thought about when you said sound, light and tactile vibration with the intent of elevating the consciousness was a concert. One example for me was the Who at Madison Square Garden during the Quadrophenia Tour. It elevated my consciousness and kickstarted my awakening. One of the most beautiful bodies of music I have ever heard.

[Ernie Nemeth]

Since this society has perverted almost all natural and normal means of engaging truth on a meaningful level I have recently made contact with a future self, as I understand things. It was just a curiosity that lead me there. I believe it may have had a hand in my latest endeavours. It was a question I posed it that seems to have made things happen for me. What makes me different then as compared to now? The answer was something like every choice is investigated by an alternate self and you are free to choose which of these you next wish to be. From which I gleened that all futures happen somewhere but they don't have to happen to me.

[Valerie Villars]

That's great and I mean that sincerely. Everything in this world is so perverted, the only means we have of finding the truth is by asking ourselves. Truly priceless. :heart:

[Curious77]

Beyond turning the planet into a toilet --- as scientists make clear there is no way
for anyone to say how the compounding of all of the effects of Global Warming will
come together...

In other words, there is no way to say whether the planet, itself, will survive.

Likely, leaving may be the ONLY plan for Elites.

[Valerie Villars]

Beyond turning the planet into a toilet --- as scientists make clear there is no way
for anyone to say how the compounding of all of the effects of Global Warming will
come together...

In other words, there is no way to say whether the planet, itself, will survive.

Likely, leaving may be the ONLY plan for Elites.

Who cares what happens to them? Honestly, they made their choices. We make ours. This planet can heal itself. There are healers here and we are healing her.

[triquetra]

Don't take this reality too seriously. If you haven't already suspected as much, it should become clear soon that we are set up from the beginning to fail. Civilizations are grown and then brought back downwards again. We don't really have the choice to become sustainable. Crucial efforts in that direction are disrupted often enough that we wind up on a crash course like what we may well see this century.

But all is not in vain. It is better to channel one's energy towards the way out of the real game that is being played here instead. The same patterns you see on this planet, of different humans looking at one another as different from themselves, the same thing plays out out there in space. Different forms of intelligent life dwelling on their differences from one another.

But if you look far enough "back" (or more accurately, "up" or "outwards"), we do indeed all have a common origin from another layer of perceptual reality, apart from this universe. Knowing this alone, truly knowing it, makes the actions within this universe alone seem relatively insignificant. Elites could scurry around as they feel the need to, on the planet or off the planet, and it makes not a lick of difference for their souls, which are the most likely ones to remain trapped.

But for the rest, there is always the means to get away from this if you truly no longer want to participate in what is for the most part only known to the higher self. By deeply connecting with this higher self, the answers become clear that explain why this is all exactly the way that it is. Many lost souls, and other souls trying to help those lost souls to reunify themselves. Sometimes it works out, sometimes it doesn't. But it always comes down to the same thing.

All intelligent life in the universe having a common origin outside of this simulated reality seems too hard a pill for many to swallow, they just can't bring themselves to believe it. Of course, in the linear time of this sim we end up evolving to be quite different, or we do so at different stages where some wind up more advanced than others, but how does that justify the judgement of one another as superior or inferior? Perhaps the latecomers would not have needed to come if it were not for the early comers fragmenting their souls in ways where they could no longer reunify them all on their own?

This probably seems all very opaque, but eventually there will be enough context to tell this story properly.

[Andyvaz]

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.

Well, um, good bed time reading. So, what do we all do? Any ideas?

[Bill Ryan]

In this most recent livestream episode of 'Intelligent Disclosure', Richard Dolan and his wife Tracey discuss the possibility that the elite may be planning to depart the planet...


having either done a deal with an invading/colonizing ET race, or
to escape an uncontrollable situation.

The context here is David Jacobs' excellent, persuasive work that there's a ET hybridization program that's well under way, the objective of which is colonization.

Start in at 59:55, or back up a few minutes earlier if you have the time.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XUsbos3Z4DE